blob: c5dd1054becc7abfe4ddf742c405ccb0a6b1fca3 [file] [log] [blame]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001 ----------------------
2 HAProxy
3 Configuration Manual
4 ----------------------
Willy Tarreau79158882009-06-09 11:59:08 +02005 version 1.4
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02006 willy tarreau
Willy Tarreau11f8f542010-01-08 07:49:44 +01007 2010/01/08
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02008
9
10This document covers the configuration language as implemented in the version
11specified above. It does not provide any hint, example or advice. For such
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +010012documentation, please refer to the Reference Manual or the Architecture Manual.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020013The summary below is meant to help you search sections by name and navigate
14through the document.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +020015
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020016Note to documentation contributors :
17 This document is formated with 80 columns per line, with even number of
18 spaces for indentation and without tabs. Please follow these rules strictly
19 so that it remains easily printable everywhere. If a line needs to be
20 printed verbatim and does not fit, please end each line with a backslash
21 ('\') and continue on next line. If you add sections, please update the
22 summary below for easier searching.
23
24
25Summary
26-------
27
281. Quick reminder about HTTP
291.1. The HTTP transaction model
301.2. HTTP request
311.2.1. The Request line
321.2.2. The request headers
331.3. HTTP response
341.3.1. The Response line
351.3.2. The response headers
36
372. Configuring HAProxy
382.1. Configuration file format
392.2. Time format
40
413. Global parameters
423.1. Process management and security
433.2. Performance tuning
443.3. Debugging
45
464. Proxies
474.1. Proxy keywords matrix
484.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
49
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +0100505. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051
526. HTTP header manipulation
53
547. Using ACLs
557.1. Matching integers
567.2. Matching strings
577.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
587.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
597.5. Available matching criteria
607.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
617.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
627.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
637.6. Pre-defined ACLs
647.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
65
668. Logging
678.1. Log levels
688.2. Log formats
698.2.1. Default log format
708.2.2. TCP log format
718.2.3. HTTP log format
728.3. Advanced logging options
738.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
748.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
758.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
768.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
778.4. Timing events
788.5. Session state at disconnection
798.6. Non-printable characters
808.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
818.8. Capturing HTTP headers
828.9. Examples of logs
83
849. Statistics and monitoring
859.1. CSV format
869.2. Unix Socket commands
87
88
891. Quick reminder about HTTP
90----------------------------
91
92When haproxy is running in HTTP mode, both the request and the response are
93fully analyzed and indexed, thus it becomes possible to build matching criteria
94on almost anything found in the contents.
95
96However, it is important to understand how HTTP requests and responses are
97formed, and how HAProxy decomposes them. It will then become easier to write
98correct rules and to debug existing configurations.
99
100
1011.1. The HTTP transaction model
102-------------------------------
103
104The HTTP protocol is transaction-driven. This means that each request will lead
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100105to one and only one response. Traditionally, a TCP connection is established
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200106from the client to the server, a request is sent by the client on the
107connection, the server responds and the connection is closed. A new request
108will involve a new connection :
109
110 [CON1] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [CLO1] [CON2] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO2] ...
111
112In this mode, called the "HTTP close" mode, there are as many connection
113establishments as there are HTTP transactions. Since the connection is closed
114by the server after the response, the client does not need to know the content
115length.
116
117Due to the transactional nature of the protocol, it was possible to improve it
118to avoid closing a connection between two subsequent transactions. In this mode
119however, it is mandatory that the server indicates the content length for each
120response so that the client does not wait indefinitely. For this, a special
121header is used: "Content-length". This mode is called the "keep-alive" mode :
122
123 [CON] [REQ1] ... [RESP1] [REQ2] ... [RESP2] [CLO] ...
124
125Its advantages are a reduced latency between transactions, and less processing
126power required on the server side. It is generally better than the close mode,
127but not always because the clients often limit their concurrent connections to
128a smaller value. HAProxy currently does not support the HTTP keep-alive mode,
129but knows how to transform it to the close mode.
130
131A last improvement in the communications is the pipelining mode. It still uses
132keep-alive, but the client does not wait for the first response to send the
133second request. This is useful for fetching large number of images composing a
134page :
135
136 [CON] [REQ1] [REQ2] ... [RESP1] [RESP2] [CLO] ...
137
138This can obviously have a tremendous benefit on performance because the network
139latency is eliminated between subsequent requests. Many HTTP agents do not
140correctly support pipelining since there is no way to associate a response with
141the corresponding request in HTTP. For this reason, it is mandatory for the
142server to reply in the exact same order as the requests were received.
143
144Right now, HAProxy only supports the first mode (HTTP close) if it needs to
145process the request. This means that for each request, there will be one TCP
146connection. If keep-alive or pipelining are required, HAProxy will still
147support them, but will only see the first request and the first response of
148each transaction. While this is generally problematic with regards to logs,
149content switching or filtering, it most often causes no problem for persistence
150with cookie insertion.
151
152
1531.2. HTTP request
154-----------------
155
156First, let's consider this HTTP request :
157
158 Line Contents
159 number
160 1 GET /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2 HTTP/1.1
161 2 Host: www.mydomain.com
162 3 User-agent: my small browser
163 4 Accept: image/jpeg, image/gif
164 5 Accept: image/png
165
166
1671.2.1. The Request line
168-----------------------
169
170Line 1 is the "request line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
171
172 - a METHOD : GET
173 - a URI : /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
174 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
175
176All of them are delimited by what the standard calls LWS (linear white spaces),
177which are commonly spaces, but can also be tabs or line feeds/carriage returns
178followed by spaces/tabs. The method itself cannot contain any colon (':') and
179is limited to alphabetic letters. All those various combinations make it
180desirable that HAProxy performs the splitting itself rather than leaving it to
181the user to write a complex or inaccurate regular expression.
182
183The URI itself can have several forms :
184
185 - A "relative URI" :
186
187 /serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
188
189 It is a complete URL without the host part. This is generally what is
190 received by servers, reverse proxies and transparent proxies.
191
192 - An "absolute URI", also called a "URL" :
193
194 http://192.168.0.12:8080/serv/login.php?lang=en&profile=2
195
196 It is composed of a "scheme" (the protocol name followed by '://'), a host
197 name or address, optionally a colon (':') followed by a port number, then
198 a relative URI beginning at the first slash ('/') after the address part.
199 This is generally what proxies receive, but a server supporting HTTP/1.1
200 must accept this form too.
201
202 - a star ('*') : this form is only accepted in association with the OPTIONS
203 method and is not relayable. It is used to inquiry a next hop's
204 capabilities.
205
206 - an address:port combination : 192.168.0.12:80
207 This is used with the CONNECT method, which is used to establish TCP
208 tunnels through HTTP proxies, generally for HTTPS, but sometimes for
209 other protocols too.
210
211In a relative URI, two sub-parts are identified. The part before the question
212mark is called the "path". It is typically the relative path to static objects
213on the server. The part after the question mark is called the "query string".
214It is mostly used with GET requests sent to dynamic scripts and is very
215specific to the language, framework or application in use.
216
217
2181.2.2. The request headers
219--------------------------
220
221The headers start at the second line. They are composed of a name at the
222beginning of the line, immediately followed by a colon (':'). Traditionally,
223an LWS is added after the colon but that's not required. Then come the values.
224Multiple identical headers may be folded into one single line, delimiting the
225values with commas, provided that their order is respected. This is commonly
226encountered in the "Cookie:" field. A header may span over multiple lines if
227the subsequent lines begin with an LWS. In the example in 1.2, lines 4 and 5
228define a total of 3 values for the "Accept:" header.
229
230Contrary to a common mis-conception, header names are not case-sensitive, and
231their values are not either if they refer to other header names (such as the
232"Connection:" header).
233
234The end of the headers is indicated by the first empty line. People often say
235that it's a double line feed, which is not exact, even if a double line feed
236is one valid form of empty line.
237
238Fortunately, HAProxy takes care of all these complex combinations when indexing
239headers, checking values and counting them, so there is no reason to worry
240about the way they could be written, but it is important not to accuse an
241application of being buggy if it does unusual, valid things.
242
243Important note:
244 As suggested by RFC2616, HAProxy normalizes headers by replacing line breaks
245 in the middle of headers by LWS in order to join multi-line headers. This
246 is necessary for proper analysis and helps less capable HTTP parsers to work
247 correctly and not to be fooled by such complex constructs.
248
249
2501.3. HTTP response
251------------------
252
253An HTTP response looks very much like an HTTP request. Both are called HTTP
254messages. Let's consider this HTTP response :
255
256 Line Contents
257 number
258 1 HTTP/1.1 200 OK
259 2 Content-length: 350
260 3 Content-Type: text/html
261
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200262As a special case, HTTP supports so called "Informational responses" as status
263codes 1xx. These messages are special in that they don't convey any part of the
264response, they're just used as sort of a signaling message to ask a client to
265continue to post its request for instance. The requested information will be
266carried by the next non-1xx response message following the informational one.
267This implies that multiple responses may be sent to a single request, and that
268this only works when keep-alive is enabled (1xx messages are HTTP/1.1 only).
269HAProxy handles these messages and is able to correctly forward and skip them,
270and only process the next non-1xx response. As such, these messages are neither
271logged nor transformed, unless explicitly state otherwise.
272
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200273
2741.3.1. The Response line
275------------------------
276
277Line 1 is the "response line". It is always composed of 3 fields :
278
279 - a version tag : HTTP/1.1
280 - a status code : 200
281 - a reason : OK
282
283The status code is always 3-digit. The first digit indicates a general status :
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +0200284 - 1xx = informational message to be skipped (eg: 100, 101)
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200285 - 2xx = OK, content is following (eg: 200, 206)
286 - 3xx = OK, no content following (eg: 302, 304)
287 - 4xx = error caused by the client (eg: 401, 403, 404)
288 - 5xx = error caused by the server (eg: 500, 502, 503)
289
290Please refer to RFC2616 for the detailed meaning of all such codes. The
291"reason" field is just a hint, but is not parsed by clients. Anything can be
292found there, but it's a common practice to respect the well-established
293messages. It can be composed of one or multiple words, such as "OK", "Found",
294or "Authentication Required".
295
296Haproxy may emit the following status codes by itself :
297
298 Code When / reason
299 200 access to stats page, and when replying to monitoring requests
300 301 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
301 302 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
302 303 when performing a redirection, depending on the configured code
303 400 for an invalid or too large request
304 401 when an authentication is required to perform the action (when
305 accessing the stats page)
306 403 when a request is forbidden by a "block" ACL or "reqdeny" filter
307 408 when the request timeout strikes before the request is complete
308 500 when haproxy encounters an unrecoverable internal error, such as a
309 memory allocation failure, which should never happen
310 502 when the server returns an empty, invalid or incomplete response, or
311 when an "rspdeny" filter blocks the response.
312 503 when no server was available to handle the request, or in response to
313 monitoring requests which match the "monitor fail" condition
314 504 when the response timeout strikes before the server responds
315
316The error 4xx and 5xx codes above may be customized (see "errorloc" in section
3174.2).
318
319
3201.3.2. The response headers
321---------------------------
322
323Response headers work exactly like request headers, and as such, HAProxy uses
324the same parsing function for both. Please refer to paragraph 1.2.2 for more
325details.
326
327
3282. Configuring HAProxy
329----------------------
330
3312.1. Configuration file format
332------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200333
334HAProxy's configuration process involves 3 major sources of parameters :
335
336 - the arguments from the command-line, which always take precedence
337 - the "global" section, which sets process-wide parameters
338 - the proxies sections which can take form of "defaults", "listen",
339 "frontend" and "backend".
340
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100341The configuration file syntax consists in lines beginning with a keyword
342referenced in this manual, optionally followed by one or several parameters
343delimited by spaces. If spaces have to be entered in strings, then they must be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100344preceded by a backslash ('\') to be escaped. Backslashes also have to be
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100345escaped by doubling them.
346
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200347
3482.2. Time format
349----------------
350
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100351Some parameters involve values representing time, such as timeouts. These
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100352values are generally expressed in milliseconds (unless explicitly stated
353otherwise) but may be expressed in any other unit by suffixing the unit to the
354numeric value. It is important to consider this because it will not be repeated
355for every keyword. Supported units are :
356
357 - us : microseconds. 1 microsecond = 1/1000000 second
358 - ms : milliseconds. 1 millisecond = 1/1000 second. This is the default.
359 - s : seconds. 1s = 1000ms
360 - m : minutes. 1m = 60s = 60000ms
361 - h : hours. 1h = 60m = 3600s = 3600000ms
362 - d : days. 1d = 24h = 1440m = 86400s = 86400000ms
363
364
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003653. Global parameters
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200366--------------------
367
368Parameters in the "global" section are process-wide and often OS-specific. They
369are generally set once for all and do not need being changed once correct. Some
370of them have command-line equivalents.
371
372The following keywords are supported in the "global" section :
373
374 * Process management and security
375 - chroot
376 - daemon
377 - gid
378 - group
379 - log
380 - nbproc
381 - pidfile
382 - uid
383 - ulimit-n
384 - user
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200385 - stats
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200386 - node
387 - description
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200388
389 * Performance tuning
390 - maxconn
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100391 - maxpipes
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200392 - noepoll
393 - nokqueue
394 - nopoll
395 - nosepoll
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100396 - nosplice
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200397 - spread-checks
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200398 - tune.bufsize
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100399 - tune.maxaccept
400 - tune.maxpollevents
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200401 - tune.maxrewrite
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200402
403 * Debugging
404 - debug
405 - quiet
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200406
407
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004083.1. Process management and security
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200409------------------------------------
410
411chroot <jail dir>
412 Changes current directory to <jail dir> and performs a chroot() there before
413 dropping privileges. This increases the security level in case an unknown
414 vulnerability would be exploited, since it would make it very hard for the
415 attacker to exploit the system. This only works when the process is started
416 with superuser privileges. It is important to ensure that <jail_dir> is both
417 empty and unwritable to anyone.
418
419daemon
420 Makes the process fork into background. This is the recommended mode of
421 operation. It is equivalent to the command line "-D" argument. It can be
422 disabled by the command line "-db" argument.
423
424gid <number>
425 Changes the process' group ID to <number>. It is recommended that the group
426 ID is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
427 be started with a user belonging to this group, or with superuser privileges.
428 See also "group" and "uid".
429
430group <group name>
431 Similar to "gid" but uses the GID of group name <group name> from /etc/group.
432 See also "gid" and "user".
433
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200434log <address> <facility> [max level [min level]]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200435 Adds a global syslog server. Up to two global servers can be defined. They
436 will receive logs for startups and exits, as well as all logs from proxies
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100437 configured with "log global".
438
439 <address> can be one of:
440
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +0100441 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon and a UDP port. If
Robert Tsai81ae1952007-12-05 10:47:29 +0100442 no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the standard syslog
443 port).
444
445 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
446 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible inside
447 the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is appropriately
448 writeable).
449
450 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200451
452 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
453 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
454 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
455
456 An optional level can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By default,
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +0200457 all messages are sent. If a maximum level is specified, only messages with a
458 severity at least as important as this level will be sent. An optional minimum
459 level can be specified. If it is set, logs emitted with a more severe level
460 than this one will be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending
461 "emerg" messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
462 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200463
464 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
465
466nbproc <number>
467 Creates <number> processes when going daemon. This requires the "daemon"
468 mode. By default, only one process is created, which is the recommended mode
469 of operation. For systems limited to small sets of file descriptors per
470 process, it may be needed to fork multiple daemons. USING MULTIPLE PROCESSES
471 IS HARDER TO DEBUG AND IS REALLY DISCOURAGED. See also "daemon".
472
473pidfile <pidfile>
474 Writes pids of all daemons into file <pidfile>. This option is equivalent to
475 the "-p" command line argument. The file must be accessible to the user
476 starting the process. See also "daemon".
477
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200478stats socket <path> [{uid | user} <uid>] [{gid | group} <gid>] [mode <mode>]
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200479 [level <level>]
480
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200481 Creates a UNIX socket in stream mode at location <path>. Any previously
482 existing socket will be backed up then replaced. Connections to this socket
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100483 will return various statistics outputs and even allow some commands to be
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +0200484 issued. Please consult section 9.2 "Unix Socket commands" for more details.
485
486 An optional "level" parameter can be specified to restrict the nature of
487 the commands that can be issued on the socket :
488 - "user" is the least privileged level ; only non-sensitive stats can be
489 read, and no change is allowed. It would make sense on systems where it
490 is not easy to restrict access to the socket.
491
492 - "operator" is the default level and fits most common uses. All data can
493 be read, and only non-sensible changes are permitted (eg: clear max
494 counters).
495
496 - "admin" should be used with care, as everything is permitted (eg: clear
497 all counters).
Willy Tarreaua8efd362008-01-03 10:19:15 +0100498
499 On platforms which support it, it is possible to restrict access to this
500 socket by specifying numerical IDs after "uid" and "gid", or valid user and
501 group names after the "user" and "group" keywords. It is also possible to
502 restrict permissions on the socket by passing an octal value after the "mode"
503 keyword (same syntax as chmod). Depending on the platform, the permissions on
504 the socket will be inherited from the directory which hosts it, or from the
505 user the process is started with.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200506
507stats timeout <timeout, in milliseconds>
508 The default timeout on the stats socket is set to 10 seconds. It is possible
509 to change this value with "stats timeout". The value must be passed in
Willy Tarreaubefdff12007-12-02 22:27:38 +0100510 milliseconds, or be suffixed by a time unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }.
Willy Tarreaufbee7132007-10-18 13:53:22 +0200511
512stats maxconn <connections>
513 By default, the stats socket is limited to 10 concurrent connections. It is
514 possible to change this value with "stats maxconn".
515
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200516uid <number>
517 Changes the process' user ID to <number>. It is recommended that the user ID
518 is dedicated to HAProxy or to a small set of similar daemons. HAProxy must
519 be started with superuser privileges in order to be able to switch to another
520 one. See also "gid" and "user".
521
522ulimit-n <number>
523 Sets the maximum number of per-process file-descriptors to <number>. By
524 default, it is automatically computed, so it is recommended not to use this
525 option.
526
527user <user name>
528 Similar to "uid" but uses the UID of user name <user name> from /etc/passwd.
529 See also "uid" and "group".
530
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200531node <name>
532 Only letters, digits, hyphen and underscore are allowed, like in DNS names.
533
534 This statement is useful in HA configurations where two or more processes or
535 servers share the same IP address. By setting a different node-name on all
536 nodes, it becomes easy to immediately spot what server is handling the
537 traffic.
538
539description <text>
540 Add a text that describes the instance.
541
542 Please note that it is required to escape certain characters (# for example)
543 and this text is inserted into a html page so you should avoid using
544 "<" and ">" characters.
545
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200546
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005473.2. Performance tuning
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200548-----------------------
549
550maxconn <number>
551 Sets the maximum per-process number of concurrent connections to <number>. It
552 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-n". Proxies will stop accepting
553 connections when this limit is reached. The "ulimit-n" parameter is
554 automatically adjusted according to this value. See also "ulimit-n".
555
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100556maxpipes <number>
557 Sets the maximum per-process number of pipes to <number>. Currently, pipes
558 are only used by kernel-based tcp splicing. Since a pipe contains two file
559 descriptors, the "ulimit-n" value will be increased accordingly. The default
560 value is maxconn/4, which seems to be more than enough for most heavy usages.
561 The splice code dynamically allocates and releases pipes, and can fall back
562 to standard copy, so setting this value too low may only impact performance.
563
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200564noepoll
565 Disables the use of the "epoll" event polling system on Linux. It is
566 equivalent to the command-line argument "-de". The next polling system
567 used will generally be "poll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
568
569nokqueue
570 Disables the use of the "kqueue" event polling system on BSD. It is
571 equivalent to the command-line argument "-dk". The next polling system
572 used will generally be "poll". See also "nopoll".
573
574nopoll
575 Disables the use of the "poll" event polling system. It is equivalent to the
576 command-line argument "-dp". The next polling system used will be "select".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100577 It should never be needed to disable "poll" since it's available on all
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200578 platforms supported by HAProxy. See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll" and
579 "nokqueue".
580
581nosepoll
582 Disables the use of the "speculative epoll" event polling system on Linux. It
583 is equivalent to the command-line argument "-ds". The next polling system
584 used will generally be "epoll". See also "nosepoll", and "nopoll".
585
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100586nosplice
587 Disables the use of kernel tcp splicing between sockets on Linux. It is
588 equivalent to the command line argument "-dS". Data will then be copied
589 using conventional and more portable recv/send calls. Kernel tcp splicing is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100590 limited to some very recent instances of kernel 2.6. Most versions between
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100591 2.6.25 and 2.6.28 are buggy and will forward corrupted data, so they must not
592 be used. This option makes it easier to globally disable kernel splicing in
593 case of doubt. See also "option splice-auto", "option splice-request" and
594 "option splice-response".
595
Willy Tarreaufe255b72007-10-14 23:09:26 +0200596spread-checks <0..50, in percent>
597 Sometimes it is desirable to avoid sending health checks to servers at exact
598 intervals, for instance when many logical servers are located on the same
599 physical server. With the help of this parameter, it becomes possible to add
600 some randomness in the check interval between 0 and +/- 50%. A value between
601 2 and 5 seems to show good results. The default value remains at 0.
602
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200603tune.bufsize <number>
604 Sets the buffer size to this size (in bytes). Lower values allow more
605 sessions to coexist in the same amount of RAM, and higher values allow some
606 applications with very large cookies to work. The default value is 16384 and
607 can be changed at build time. It is strongly recommended not to change this
608 from the default value, as very low values will break some services such as
609 statistics, and values larger than default size will increase memory usage,
610 possibly causing the system to run out of memory. At least the global maxconn
611 parameter should be decreased by the same factor as this one is increased.
612
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100613tune.maxaccept <number>
614 Sets the maximum number of consecutive accepts that a process may perform on
615 a single wake up. High values give higher priority to high connection rates,
616 while lower values give higher priority to already established connections.
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100617 This value is limited to 100 by default in single process mode. However, in
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100618 multi-process mode (nbproc > 1), it defaults to 8 so that when one process
619 wakes up, it does not take all incoming connections for itself and leaves a
Willy Tarreauf49d1df2009-03-01 08:35:41 +0100620 part of them to other processes. Setting this value to -1 completely disables
Willy Tarreaua0250ba2008-01-06 11:22:57 +0100621 the limitation. It should normally not be needed to tweak this value.
622
623tune.maxpollevents <number>
624 Sets the maximum amount of events that can be processed at once in a call to
625 the polling system. The default value is adapted to the operating system. It
626 has been noticed that reducing it below 200 tends to slightly decrease
627 latency at the expense of network bandwidth, and increasing it above 200
628 tends to trade latency for slightly increased bandwidth.
629
Willy Tarreau27a674e2009-08-17 07:23:33 +0200630tune.maxrewrite <number>
631 Sets the reserved buffer space to this size in bytes. The reserved space is
632 used for header rewriting or appending. The first reads on sockets will never
633 fill more than bufsize-maxrewrite. Historically it has defaulted to half of
634 bufsize, though that does not make much sense since there are rarely large
635 numbers of headers to add. Setting it too high prevents processing of large
636 requests or responses. Setting it too low prevents addition of new headers
637 to already large requests or to POST requests. It is generally wise to set it
638 to about 1024. It is automatically readjusted to half of bufsize if it is
639 larger than that. This means you don't have to worry about it when changing
640 bufsize.
641
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006433.3. Debugging
644--------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200645
646debug
647 Enables debug mode which dumps to stdout all exchanges, and disables forking
648 into background. It is the equivalent of the command-line argument "-d". It
649 should never be used in a production configuration since it may prevent full
650 system startup.
651
652quiet
653 Do not display any message during startup. It is equivalent to the command-
654 line argument "-q".
655
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200656
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006574. Proxies
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200658----------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100659
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200660Proxy configuration can be located in a set of sections :
661 - defaults <name>
662 - frontend <name>
663 - backend <name>
664 - listen <name>
665
666A "defaults" section sets default parameters for all other sections following
667its declaration. Those default parameters are reset by the next "defaults"
668section. See below for the list of parameters which can be set in a "defaults"
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100669section. The name is optional but its use is encouraged for better readability.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200670
671A "frontend" section describes a set of listening sockets accepting client
672connections.
673
674A "backend" section describes a set of servers to which the proxy will connect
675to forward incoming connections.
676
677A "listen" section defines a complete proxy with its frontend and backend
678parts combined in one section. It is generally useful for TCP-only traffic.
679
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100680All proxy names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits,
681'-' (dash), '_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are
682case-sensitive, which means that "www" and "WWW" are two different proxies.
683
684Historically, all proxy names could overlap, it just caused troubles in the
685logs. Since the introduction of content switching, it is mandatory that two
686proxies with overlapping capabilities (frontend/backend) have different names.
687However, it is still permitted that a frontend and a backend share the same
688name, as this configuration seems to be commonly encountered.
689
690Right now, two major proxy modes are supported : "tcp", also known as layer 4,
691and "http", also known as layer 7. In layer 4 mode, HAProxy simply forwards
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +0100692bidirectional traffic between two sides. In layer 7 mode, HAProxy analyzes the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100693protocol, and can interact with it by allowing, blocking, switching, adding,
694modifying, or removing arbitrary contents in requests or responses, based on
695arbitrary criteria.
696
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100697
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006984.1. Proxy keywords matrix
699--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100700
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200701The following list of keywords is supported. Most of them may only be used in a
702limited set of section types. Some of them are marked as "deprecated" because
703they are inherited from an old syntax which may be confusing or functionally
704limited, and there are new recommended keywords to replace them. Keywords
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200705listed with [no] can be optionally inverted using the "no" prefix, eg. "no
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200706option contstats". This makes sense when the option has been enabled by default
Willy Tarreau3842f002009-06-14 11:39:52 +0200707and must be disabled for a specific instance. Such options may also be prefixed
708with "default" in order to restore default settings regardless of what has been
709specified in a previous "defaults" section.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100710
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200711
712keyword defaults frontend listen backend
713----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
714acl - X X X
715appsession - - X X
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100716backlog X X X -
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100717balance X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200718bind - X X -
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +0100719bind-process X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200720block - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100721capture cookie - X X -
722capture request header - X X -
723capture response header - X X -
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100724clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100725contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200726cookie X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +0100727default-server X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200728default_backend - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +0200729description - X X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100730disabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200731dispatch - - X X
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100732enabled X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200733errorfile X X X X
734errorloc X X X X
735errorloc302 X X X X
736errorloc303 X X X X
737fullconn X - X X
738grace - X X X
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +0200739hash-type X - X X
Willy Tarreaudbc36f62007-11-30 12:29:11 +0100740http-check disable-on-404 X - X X
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +0200741id - X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200742log X X X X
743maxconn X X X -
744mode X X X X
Willy Tarreauc7246fc2007-12-02 17:31:20 +0100745monitor fail - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200746monitor-net X X X -
747monitor-uri X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100748[no] option abortonclose X - X X
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +0200749[no] option accept-invalid-
750 http-request X X X -
751[no] option accept-invalid-
752 http-response X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100753[no] option allbackups X - X X
754[no] option checkcache X - X X
755[no] option clitcpka X X X -
756[no] option contstats X X X -
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +0200757[no] option dontlog-normal X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100758[no] option dontlognull X X X -
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +0100759[no] option forceclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200760option forwardfor X X X X
761option httpchk X - X X
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +0100762[no] option http-server-
763 close X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100764[no] option httpclose X X X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200765option httplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200766[no] option http_proxy X X X X
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +0200767[no] option independant-
768 streams X X X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki213014e2009-09-27 15:50:02 +0200769[no] option log-health- X - X X
770 checks
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +0200771[no] option log-separate-
772 errors X X X -
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100773[no] option logasap X X X -
774[no] option nolinger X X X X
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +0200775option originalto X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100776[no] option persist X - X X
777[no] option redispatch X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200778option smtpchk X - X X
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +0200779[no] option socket-stats X X X -
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +0100780[no] option splice-auto X X X X
781[no] option splice-request X X X X
782[no] option splice-response X X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100783[no] option srvtcpka X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200784option ssl-hello-chk X - X X
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +0200785[no] option tcp-smart-
786 accept X X X -
Willy Tarreau39bb9be2009-10-17 16:04:09 +0200787[no] option tcp-smart-
788 connect X - X X
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200789option tcpka X X X X
790option tcplog X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100791[no] option transparent X - X X
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +0200792persist rdp-cookie X - X X
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +0100793rate-limit sessions X X X -
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +0200794redirect - X X X
Krzysztof Oledzki336d4752007-12-25 02:40:22 +0100795redisp X - X X (deprecated)
796redispatch X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200797reqadd - X X X
798reqallow - X X X
799reqdel - X X X
800reqdeny - X X X
801reqiallow - X X X
802reqidel - X X X
803reqideny - X X X
804reqipass - X X X
805reqirep - X X X
806reqisetbe - X X X
807reqitarpit - X X X
808reqpass - X X X
809reqrep - X X X
810reqsetbe - X X X
811reqtarpit - X X X
812retries X - X X
813rspadd - X X X
814rspdel - X X X
815rspdeny - X X X
816rspidel - X X X
817rspideny - X X X
818rspirep - X X X
819rsprep - X X X
820server - - X X
821source X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100822srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200823stats auth X - X X
824stats enable X - X X
825stats realm X - X X
Willy Tarreaubbd42122007-07-25 07:26:38 +0200826stats refresh X - X X
Willy Tarreau24e779b2007-07-24 23:43:37 +0200827stats scope X - X X
828stats uri X - X X
Krzysztof Oledzkid9db9272007-10-15 10:05:11 +0200829stats hide-version X - X X
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +0200830tcp-request content accept - X X -
831tcp-request content reject - X X -
832tcp-request inspect-delay - X X -
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +0100833timeout check X - X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100834timeout client X X X -
835timeout clitimeout X X X - (deprecated)
836timeout connect X - X X
837timeout contimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +0100838timeout http-keep-alive X X X X
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +0200839timeout http-request X X X X
Willy Tarreaue219db72007-12-03 01:30:13 +0100840timeout queue X - X X
841timeout server X - X X
842timeout srvtimeout X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau51c9bde2008-01-06 13:40:03 +0100843timeout tarpit X X X X
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +0100844transparent X - X X (deprecated)
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200845use_backend - X X -
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +0200846----------------------+----------+----------+---------+---------
847keyword defaults frontend listen backend
848
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100849
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02008504.2. Alphabetically sorted keywords reference
851---------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100852
853This section provides a description of each keyword and its usage.
854
855
856acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
857 Declare or complete an access list.
858 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
859 no | yes | yes | yes
860 Example:
861 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
862 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
863 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
864
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +0200865 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100866
867
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100868appsession <cookie> len <length> timeout <holdtime>
869 [request-learn] [prefix] [mode <path-parameters|query-string>]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100870 Define session stickiness on an existing application cookie.
871 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
872 no | no | yes | yes
873 Arguments :
874 <cookie> this is the name of the cookie used by the application and which
875 HAProxy will have to learn for each new session.
876
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100877 <length> this is the max number of characters that will be memorized and
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100878 checked in each cookie value.
879
880 <holdtime> this is the time after which the cookie will be removed from
881 memory if unused. If no unit is specified, this time is in
882 milliseconds.
883
Cyril Bontébf47aeb2009-10-15 00:15:40 +0200884 request-learn
885 If this option is specified, then haproxy will be able to learn
886 the cookie found in the request in case the server does not
887 specify any in response. This is typically what happens with
888 PHPSESSID cookies, or when haproxy's session expires before
889 the application's session and the correct server is selected.
890 It is recommended to specify this option to improve reliability.
891
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100892 prefix When this option is specified, haproxy will match on the cookie
893 prefix (or URL parameter prefix). The appsession value is the
894 data following this prefix.
895
896 Example :
897 appsession ASPSESSIONID len 64 timeout 3h prefix
898
899 This will match the cookie ASPSESSIONIDXXXX=XXXXX,
900 the appsession value will be XXXX=XXXXX.
901
902 mode This option allows to change the URL parser mode.
903 2 modes are currently supported :
904 - path-parameters :
905 The parser looks for the appsession in the path parameters
906 part (each parameter is separated by a semi-colon), which is
907 convenient for JSESSIONID for example.
908 This is the default mode if the option is not set.
909 - query-string :
910 In this mode, the parser will look for the appsession in the
911 query string.
912
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100913 When an application cookie is defined in a backend, HAProxy will check when
914 the server sets such a cookie, and will store its value in a table, and
915 associate it with the server's identifier. Up to <length> characters from
916 the value will be retained. On each connection, haproxy will look for this
Cyril Bontéb21570a2009-11-29 20:04:48 +0100917 cookie both in the "Cookie:" headers, and as a URL parameter (depending on
918 the mode used). If a known value is found, the client will be directed to the
919 server associated with this value. Otherwise, the load balancing algorithm is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100920 applied. Cookies are automatically removed from memory when they have been
921 unused for a duration longer than <holdtime>.
922
923 The definition of an application cookie is limited to one per backend.
924
925 Example :
926 appsession JSESSIONID len 52 timeout 3h
927
928 See also : "cookie", "capture cookie" and "balance".
929
930
Willy Tarreauc73ce2b2008-01-06 10:55:10 +0100931backlog <conns>
932 Give hints to the system about the approximate listen backlog desired size
933 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
934 yes | yes | yes | no
935 Arguments :
936 <conns> is the number of pending connections. Depending on the operating
937 system, it may represent the number of already acknowledged
938 connections, of non-acknowledged ones, or both.
939
940 In order to protect against SYN flood attacks, one solution is to increase
941 the system's SYN backlog size. Depending on the system, sometimes it is just
942 tunable via a system parameter, sometimes it is not adjustable at all, and
943 sometimes the system relies on hints given by the application at the time of
944 the listen() syscall. By default, HAProxy passes the frontend's maxconn value
945 to the listen() syscall. On systems which can make use of this value, it can
946 sometimes be useful to be able to specify a different value, hence this
947 backlog parameter.
948
949 On Linux 2.4, the parameter is ignored by the system. On Linux 2.6, it is
950 used as a hint and the system accepts up to the smallest greater power of
951 two, and never more than some limits (usually 32768).
952
953 See also : "maxconn" and the target operating system's tuning guide.
954
955
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100956balance <algorithm> [ <arguments> ]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +0200957balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100958 Define the load balancing algorithm to be used in a backend.
959 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
960 yes | no | yes | yes
961 Arguments :
962 <algorithm> is the algorithm used to select a server when doing load
963 balancing. This only applies when no persistence information
964 is available, or when a connection is redispatched to another
965 server. <algorithm> may be one of the following :
966
967 roundrobin Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
968 This is the smoothest and fairest algorithm when the server's
969 processing time remains equally distributed. This algorithm
970 is dynamic, which means that server weights may be adjusted
Willy Tarreau9757a382009-10-03 12:56:50 +0200971 on the fly for slow starts for instance. It is limited by
972 design to 4128 active servers per backend. Note that in some
973 large farms, when a server becomes up after having been down
974 for a very short time, it may sometimes take a few hundreds
975 requests for it to be re-integrated into the farm and start
976 receiving traffic. This is normal, though very rare. It is
977 indicated here in case you would have the chance to observe
978 it, so that you don't worry.
979
980 static-rr Each server is used in turns, according to their weights.
981 This algorithm is as similar to roundrobin except that it is
982 static, which means that changing a server's weight on the
983 fly will have no effect. On the other hand, it has no design
984 limitation on the number of servers, and when a server goes
985 up, it is always immediately reintroduced into the farm, once
986 the full map is recomputed. It also uses slightly less CPU to
987 run (around -1%).
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100988
Willy Tarreau2d2a7f82008-03-17 12:07:56 +0100989 leastconn The server with the lowest number of connections receives the
990 connection. Round-robin is performed within groups of servers
991 of the same load to ensure that all servers will be used. Use
992 of this algorithm is recommended where very long sessions are
993 expected, such as LDAP, SQL, TSE, etc... but is not very well
994 suited for protocols using short sessions such as HTTP. This
995 algorithm is dynamic, which means that server weights may be
996 adjusted on the fly for slow starts for instance.
997
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +0100998 source The source IP address is hashed and divided by the total
999 weight of the running servers to designate which server will
1000 receive the request. This ensures that the same client IP
1001 address will always reach the same server as long as no
1002 server goes down or up. If the hash result changes due to the
1003 number of running servers changing, many clients will be
1004 directed to a different server. This algorithm is generally
1005 used in TCP mode where no cookie may be inserted. It may also
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001006 be used on the Internet to provide a best-effort stickiness
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001007 to clients which refuse session cookies. This algorithm is
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001008 static by default, which means that changing a server's
1009 weight on the fly will have no effect, but this can be
1010 changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001011
1012 uri The left part of the URI (before the question mark) is hashed
1013 and divided by the total weight of the running servers. The
1014 result designates which server will receive the request. This
1015 ensures that a same URI will always be directed to the same
1016 server as long as no server goes up or down. This is used
1017 with proxy caches and anti-virus proxies in order to maximize
1018 the cache hit rate. Note that this algorithm may only be used
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001019 in an HTTP backend. This algorithm is static by default,
1020 which means that changing a server's weight on the fly will
1021 have no effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001022
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001023 This algorithm support two optional parameters "len" and
1024 "depth", both followed by a positive integer number. These
1025 options may be helpful when it is needed to balance servers
1026 based on the beginning of the URI only. The "len" parameter
1027 indicates that the algorithm should only consider that many
1028 characters at the beginning of the URI to compute the hash.
1029 Note that having "len" set to 1 rarely makes sense since most
1030 URIs start with a leading "/".
1031
1032 The "depth" parameter indicates the maximum directory depth
1033 to be used to compute the hash. One level is counted for each
1034 slash in the request. If both parameters are specified, the
1035 evaluation stops when either is reached.
1036
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001037 url_param The URL parameter specified in argument will be looked up in
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001038 the query string of each HTTP GET request.
1039
1040 If the modifier "check_post" is used, then an HTTP POST
1041 request entity will be searched for the parameter argument,
1042 when the question mark indicating a query string ('?') is not
1043 present in the URL. Optionally, specify a number of octets to
1044 wait for before attempting to search the message body. If the
1045 entity can not be searched, then round robin is used for each
1046 request. For instance, if your clients always send the LB
1047 parameter in the first 128 bytes, then specify that. The
1048 default is 48. The entity data will not be scanned until the
1049 required number of octets have arrived at the gateway, this
1050 is the minimum of: (default/max_wait, Content-Length or first
1051 chunk length). If Content-Length is missing or zero, it does
1052 not need to wait for more data than the client promised to
1053 send. When Content-Length is present and larger than
1054 <max_wait>, then waiting is limited to <max_wait> and it is
1055 assumed that this will be enough data to search for the
1056 presence of the parameter. In the unlikely event that
1057 Transfer-Encoding: chunked is used, only the first chunk is
1058 scanned. Parameter values separated by a chunk boundary, may
1059 be randomly balanced if at all.
1060
1061 If the parameter is found followed by an equal sign ('=') and
1062 a value, then the value is hashed and divided by the total
1063 weight of the running servers. The result designates which
1064 server will receive the request.
1065
1066 This is used to track user identifiers in requests and ensure
1067 that a same user ID will always be sent to the same server as
1068 long as no server goes up or down. If no value is found or if
1069 the parameter is not found, then a round robin algorithm is
1070 applied. Note that this algorithm may only be used in an HTTP
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001071 backend. This algorithm is static by default, which means
1072 that changing a server's weight on the fly will have no
1073 effect, but this can be changed using "hash-type".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001074
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001075 hdr(name) The HTTP header <name> will be looked up in each HTTP request.
1076 Just as with the equivalent ACL 'hdr()' function, the header
1077 name in parenthesis is not case sensitive. If the header is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001078 absent or if it does not contain any value, the roundrobin
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001079 algorithm is applied instead.
1080
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001081 An optional 'use_domain_only' parameter is available, for
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001082 reducing the hash algorithm to the main domain part with some
1083 specific headers such as 'Host'. For instance, in the Host
1084 value "haproxy.1wt.eu", only "1wt" will be considered.
1085
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001086 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1087 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1088 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1089
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001090 rdp-cookie
1091 rdp-cookie(name)
1092 The RDP cookie <name> (or "mstshash" if omitted) will be
1093 looked up and hashed for each incoming TCP request. Just as
1094 with the equivalent ACL 'req_rdp_cookie()' function, the name
1095 is not case-sensitive. This mechanism is useful as a degraded
1096 persistence mode, as it makes it possible to always send the
1097 same user (or the same session ID) to the same server. If the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001098 cookie is not found, the normal roundrobin algorithm is
Emeric Brun736aa232009-06-30 17:56:00 +02001099 used instead.
1100
1101 Note that for this to work, the frontend must ensure that an
1102 RDP cookie is already present in the request buffer. For this
1103 you must use 'tcp-request content accept' rule combined with
1104 a 'req_rdp_cookie_cnt' ACL.
1105
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001106 This algorithm is static by default, which means that
1107 changing a server's weight on the fly will have no effect,
1108 but this can be changed using "hash-type".
1109
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001110 <arguments> is an optional list of arguments which may be needed by some
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001111 algorithms. Right now, only "url_param" and "uri" support an
1112 optional argument.
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001113
Marek Majkowski9c30fc12008-04-27 23:25:55 +02001114 balance uri [len <len>] [depth <depth>]
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001115 balance url_param <param> [check_post [<max_wait>]]
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001116
Willy Tarreau3cd9af22009-03-15 14:06:41 +01001117 The load balancing algorithm of a backend is set to roundrobin when no other
1118 algorithm, mode nor option have been set. The algorithm may only be set once
1119 for each backend.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001120
1121 Examples :
1122 balance roundrobin
1123 balance url_param userid
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001124 balance url_param session_id check_post 64
Benoitaffb4812009-03-25 13:02:10 +01001125 balance hdr(User-Agent)
1126 balance hdr(host)
1127 balance hdr(Host) use_domain_only
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001128
1129 Note: the following caveats and limitations on using the "check_post"
1130 extension with "url_param" must be considered :
1131
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001132 - all POST requests are eligible for consideration, because there is no way
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001133 to determine if the parameters will be found in the body or entity which
1134 may contain binary data. Therefore another method may be required to
1135 restrict consideration of POST requests that have no URL parameters in
1136 the body. (see acl reqideny http_end)
1137
1138 - using a <max_wait> value larger than the request buffer size does not
1139 make sense and is useless. The buffer size is set at build time, and
1140 defaults to 16 kB.
1141
1142 - Content-Encoding is not supported, the parameter search will probably
1143 fail; and load balancing will fall back to Round Robin.
1144
1145 - Expect: 100-continue is not supported, load balancing will fall back to
1146 Round Robin.
1147
1148 - Transfer-Encoding (RFC2616 3.6.1) is only supported in the first chunk.
1149 If the entire parameter value is not present in the first chunk, the
1150 selection of server is undefined (actually, defined by how little
1151 actually appeared in the first chunk).
1152
1153 - This feature does not support generation of a 100, 411 or 501 response.
1154
1155 - In some cases, requesting "check_post" MAY attempt to scan the entire
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001156 contents of a message body. Scanning normally terminates when linear
matt.farnsworth@nokia.com1c2ab962008-04-14 20:47:37 +02001157 white space or control characters are found, indicating the end of what
1158 might be a URL parameter list. This is probably not a concern with SGML
1159 type message bodies.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001160
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001161 See also : "dispatch", "cookie", "appsession", "transparent", "hash-type" and
1162 "http_proxy".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001163
1164
1165bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...]
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001166bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] interface <interface>
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001167bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] mss <maxseg>
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001168bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] transparent
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001169bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] id <id>
1170bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] name <name>
Willy Tarreau53319c92009-11-28 08:21:29 +01001171bind [<address>]:<port> [, ...] defer-accept
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001172 Define one or several listening addresses and/or ports in a frontend.
1173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1174 no | yes | yes | no
1175 Arguments :
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001176 <address> is optional and can be a host name, an IPv4 address, an IPv6
1177 address, or '*'. It designates the address the frontend will
1178 listen on. If unset, all IPv4 addresses of the system will be
1179 listened on. The same will apply for '*' or the system's
1180 special address "0.0.0.0".
1181
1182 <port> is the TCP port number the proxy will listen on. The port is
1183 mandatory. Note that in the case of an IPv6 address, the port
1184 is always the number after the last colon (':').
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001185
Willy Tarreau5e6e2042009-02-04 17:19:29 +01001186 <interface> is an optional physical interface name. This is currently
1187 only supported on Linux. The interface must be a physical
1188 interface, not an aliased interface. When specified, all
1189 addresses on the same line will only be accepted if the
1190 incoming packet physically come through the designated
1191 interface. It is also possible to bind multiple frontends to
1192 the same address if they are bound to different interfaces.
1193 Note that binding to a physical interface requires root
1194 privileges.
1195
Willy Tarreaube1b9182009-06-14 18:48:19 +02001196 <maxseg> is an optional TCP Maximum Segment Size (MSS) value to be
1197 advertised on incoming connections. This can be used to force
1198 a lower MSS for certain specific ports, for instance for
1199 connections passing through a VPN. Note that this relies on a
1200 kernel feature which is theorically supported under Linux but
1201 was buggy in all versions prior to 2.6.28. It may or may not
1202 work on other operating systems. The commonly advertised
1203 value on Ethernet networks is 1460 = 1500(MTU) - 40(IP+TCP).
1204
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001205 <id> is a persistent value for socket ID. Must be positive and
1206 unique in the proxy. An unused value will automatically be
1207 assigned if unset. Can only be used when defining only a
1208 single socket.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02001209
1210 <name> is an optional name provided for stats
1211
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001212 transparent is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1213 Linux kernels. It indicates that the addresses will be bound
1214 even if they do not belong to the local machine. Any packet
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001215 targeting any of these addresses will be caught just as if
Willy Tarreaub1e52e82008-01-13 14:49:51 +01001216 the address was locally configured. This normally requires
1217 that IP forwarding is enabled. Caution! do not use this with
1218 the default address '*', as it would redirect any traffic for
1219 the specified port. This keyword is available only when
1220 HAProxy is built with USE_LINUX_TPROXY=1.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001221
Willy Tarreaucb6cd432009-10-13 07:34:14 +02001222 defer_accept is an optional keyword which is supported only on certain
1223 Linux kernels. It states that a connection will only be
1224 accepted once some data arrive on it, or at worst after the
1225 first retransmit. This should be used only on protocols for
1226 which the client talks first (eg: HTTP). It can slightly
1227 improve performance by ensuring that most of the request is
1228 already available when the connection is accepted. On the
1229 other hand, it will not be able to detect connections which
1230 don't talk. It is important to note that this option is
1231 broken in all kernels up to 2.6.31, as the connection is
1232 never accepted until the client talks. This can cause issues
1233 with front firewalls which would see an established
1234 connection while the proxy will only see it in SYN_RECV.
1235
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001236 It is possible to specify a list of address:port combinations delimited by
1237 commas. The frontend will then listen on all of these addresses. There is no
1238 fixed limit to the number of addresses and ports which can be listened on in
1239 a frontend, as well as there is no limit to the number of "bind" statements
1240 in a frontend.
1241
1242 Example :
1243 listen http_proxy
1244 bind :80,:443
1245 bind 10.0.0.1:10080,10.0.0.1:10443
1246
1247 See also : "source".
1248
1249
Willy Tarreau0b9c02c2009-02-04 22:05:05 +01001250bind-process [ all | odd | even | <number 1-32> ] ...
1251 Limit visibility of an instance to a certain set of processes numbers.
1252 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1253 yes | yes | yes | yes
1254 Arguments :
1255 all All process will see this instance. This is the default. It
1256 may be used to override a default value.
1257
1258 odd This instance will be enabled on processes 1,3,5,...31. This
1259 option may be combined with other numbers.
1260
1261 even This instance will be enabled on processes 2,4,6,...32. This
1262 option may be combined with other numbers. Do not use it
1263 with less than 2 processes otherwise some instances might be
1264 missing from all processes.
1265
1266 number The instance will be enabled on this process number, between
1267 1 and 32. You must be careful not to reference a process
1268 number greater than the configured global.nbproc, otherwise
1269 some instances might be missing from all processes.
1270
1271 This keyword limits binding of certain instances to certain processes. This
1272 is useful in order not to have too many processes listening to the same
1273 ports. For instance, on a dual-core machine, it might make sense to set
1274 'nbproc 2' in the global section, then distributes the listeners among 'odd'
1275 and 'even' instances.
1276
1277 At the moment, it is not possible to reference more than 32 processes using
1278 this keyword, but this should be more than enough for most setups. Please
1279 note that 'all' really means all processes and is not limited to the first
1280 32.
1281
1282 If some backends are referenced by frontends bound to other processes, the
1283 backend automatically inherits the frontend's processes.
1284
1285 Example :
1286 listen app_ip1
1287 bind 10.0.0.1:80
1288 bind_process odd
1289
1290 listen app_ip2
1291 bind 10.0.0.2:80
1292 bind_process even
1293
1294 listen management
1295 bind 10.0.0.3:80
1296 bind_process 1 2 3 4
1297
1298 See also : "nbproc" in global section.
1299
1300
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001301block { if | unless } <condition>
1302 Block a layer 7 request if/unless a condition is matched
1303 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1304 no | yes | yes | yes
1305
1306 The HTTP request will be blocked very early in the layer 7 processing
1307 if/unless <condition> is matched. A 403 error will be returned if the request
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001308 is blocked. The condition has to reference ACLs (see section 7). This is
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001309 typically used to deny access to certain sensible resources if some
1310 conditions are met or not met. There is no fixed limit to the number of
1311 "block" statements per instance.
1312
1313 Example:
1314 acl invalid_src src 0.0.0.0/7 224.0.0.0/3
1315 acl invalid_src src_port 0:1023
1316 acl local_dst hdr(host) -i localhost
1317 block if invalid_src || local_dst
1318
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001319 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001320
1321
1322capture cookie <name> len <length>
1323 Capture and log a cookie in the request and in the response.
1324 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1325 no | yes | yes | no
1326 Arguments :
1327 <name> is the beginning of the name of the cookie to capture. In order
1328 to match the exact name, simply suffix the name with an equal
1329 sign ('='). The full name will appear in the logs, which is
1330 useful with application servers which adjust both the cookie name
1331 and value (eg: ASPSESSIONXXXXX).
1332
1333 <length> is the maximum number of characters to report in the logs, which
1334 include the cookie name, the equal sign and the value, all in the
1335 standard "name=value" form. The string will be truncated on the
1336 right if it exceeds <length>.
1337
1338 Only the first cookie is captured. Both the "cookie" request headers and the
1339 "set-cookie" response headers are monitored. This is particularly useful to
1340 check for application bugs causing session crossing or stealing between
1341 users, because generally the user's cookies can only change on a login page.
1342
1343 When the cookie was not presented by the client, the associated log column
1344 will report "-". When a request does not cause a cookie to be assigned by the
1345 server, a "-" is reported in the response column.
1346
1347 The capture is performed in the frontend only because it is necessary that
1348 the log format does not change for a given frontend depending on the
1349 backends. This may change in the future. Note that there can be only one
1350 "capture cookie" statement in a frontend. The maximum capture length is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001351 configured in the sources by default to 64 characters. It is not possible to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001352 specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1353
1354 Example:
1355 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
1356
1357 See also : "capture request header", "capture response header" as well as
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001358 section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001359
1360
1361capture request header <name> len <length>
1362 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified request header.
1363 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1364 no | yes | yes | no
1365 Arguments :
1366 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001367 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001368 appear in the requests, with the first letter of each word in
1369 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1370 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1371
1372 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1373 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1374 it exceeds <length>.
1375
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001376 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001377 value will be added to the logs between braces ('{}'). If multiple headers
1378 are captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar ('|') and will appear
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001379 in the same order they were declared in the configuration. Non-existent
1380 headers will be logged just as an empty string. Common uses for request
1381 header captures include the "Host" field in virtual hosting environments, the
1382 "Content-length" when uploads are supported, "User-agent" to quickly
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001383 differentiate between real users and robots, and "X-Forwarded-For" in proxied
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001384 environments to find where the request came from.
1385
1386 Note that when capturing headers such as "User-agent", some spaces may be
1387 logged, making the log analysis more difficult. Thus be careful about what
1388 you log if you know your log parser is not smart enough to rely on the
1389 braces.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001390
1391 There is no limit to the number of captured request headers, but each capture
1392 is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent for a
1393 same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It is not
1394 possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1395
1396 Example:
1397 capture request header Host len 15
1398 capture request header X-Forwarded-For len 15
1399 capture request header Referrer len 15
1400
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001401 See also : "capture cookie", "capture response header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001402 about logging.
1403
1404
1405capture response header <name> len <length>
1406 Capture and log the first occurrence of the specified response header.
1407 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1408 no | yes | yes | no
1409 Arguments :
1410 <name> is the name of the header to capture. The header names are not
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001411 case-sensitive, but it is a common practice to write them as they
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001412 appear in the response, with the first letter of each word in
1413 upper case. The header name will not appear in the logs, only the
1414 value is reported, but the position in the logs is respected.
1415
1416 <length> is the maximum number of characters to extract from the value and
1417 report in the logs. The string will be truncated on the right if
1418 it exceeds <length>.
1419
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001420 Only the first value of the last occurrence of the header is captured. The
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001421 result will be added to the logs between braces ('{}') after the captured
1422 request headers. If multiple headers are captured, they will be delimited by
1423 a vertical bar ('|') and will appear in the same order they were declared in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001424 the configuration. Non-existent headers will be logged just as an empty
1425 string. Common uses for response header captures include the "Content-length"
1426 header which indicates how many bytes are expected to be returned, the
1427 "Location" header to track redirections.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001428
1429 There is no limit to the number of captured response headers, but each
1430 capture is limited to 64 characters. In order to keep log format consistent
1431 for a same frontend, header captures can only be declared in a frontend. It
1432 is not possible to specify a capture in a "defaults" section.
1433
1434 Example:
1435 capture response header Content-length len 9
1436 capture response header Location len 15
1437
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02001438 See also : "capture cookie", "capture request header" as well as section 8
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001439 about logging.
1440
1441
1442clitimeout <timeout>
1443 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
1444 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1445 yes | yes | yes | no
1446 Arguments :
1447 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1448 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1449 as explained at the top of this document.
1450
1451 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
1452 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
1453 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
1454 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
1455 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
1456 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
1457 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
1458 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001459 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001460 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
1461 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
1462
1463 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
1464 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1465 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1466 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1467 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
1468 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1469
1470 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
1471 Please use "timeout client" instead.
1472
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01001473 See also : "timeout client", "timeout http-request", "timeout server", and
1474 "srvtimeout".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001475
1476
1477contimeout <timeout>
1478 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
1479 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1480 yes | no | yes | yes
1481 Arguments :
1482 <timeout> is the timeout value is specified in milliseconds by default, but
1483 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
1484 as explained at the top of this document.
1485
1486 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001487 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001488 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
1489 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
1490 connect timeout also presets the queue timeout to the same value if this one
1491 has not been specified. Historically, the contimeout was also used to set the
1492 tarpit timeout in a listen section, which is not possible in a pure frontend.
1493
1494 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
1495 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
1496 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
1497 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
1498 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
1499 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
1500
1501 This parameter is provided for backwards compatibility but is currently
1502 deprecated. Please use "timeout connect", "timeout queue" or "timeout tarpit"
1503 instead.
1504
1505 See also : "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout tarpit",
1506 "timeout server", "contimeout".
1507
1508
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02001509cookie <name> [ rewrite | insert | prefix ] [ indirect ] [ nocache ]
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001510 [ postonly ] [ domain <domain> ]*
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001511 Enable cookie-based persistence in a backend.
1512 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1513 yes | no | yes | yes
1514 Arguments :
1515 <name> is the name of the cookie which will be monitored, modified or
1516 inserted in order to bring persistence. This cookie is sent to
1517 the client via a "Set-Cookie" header in the response, and is
1518 brought back by the client in a "Cookie" header in all requests.
1519 Special care should be taken to choose a name which does not
1520 conflict with any likely application cookie. Also, if the same
1521 backends are subject to be used by the same clients (eg:
1522 HTTP/HTTPS), care should be taken to use different cookie names
1523 between all backends if persistence between them is not desired.
1524
1525 rewrite This keyword indicates that the cookie will be provided by the
1526 server and that haproxy will have to modify its value to set the
1527 server's identifier in it. This mode is handy when the management
1528 of complex combinations of "Set-cookie" and "Cache-control"
1529 headers is left to the application. The application can then
1530 decide whether or not it is appropriate to emit a persistence
1531 cookie. Since all responses should be monitored, this mode only
1532 works in HTTP close mode. Unless the application behaviour is
1533 very complex and/or broken, it is advised not to start with this
1534 mode for new deployments. This keyword is incompatible with
1535 "insert" and "prefix".
1536
1537 insert This keyword indicates that the persistence cookie will have to
1538 be inserted by haproxy in the responses. If the server emits a
1539 cookie with the same name, it will be replaced anyway. For this
1540 reason, this mode can be used to upgrade existing configurations
1541 running in the "rewrite" mode. The cookie will only be a session
1542 cookie and will not be stored on the client's disk. Due to
1543 caching effects, it is generally wise to add the "indirect" and
1544 "nocache" or "postonly" keywords (see below). The "insert"
1545 keyword is not compatible with "rewrite" and "prefix".
1546
1547 prefix This keyword indicates that instead of relying on a dedicated
1548 cookie for the persistence, an existing one will be completed.
1549 This may be needed in some specific environments where the client
1550 does not support more than one single cookie and the application
1551 already needs it. In this case, whenever the server sets a cookie
1552 named <name>, it will be prefixed with the server's identifier
1553 and a delimiter. The prefix will be removed from all client
1554 requests so that the server still finds the cookie it emitted.
1555 Since all requests and responses are subject to being modified,
1556 this mode requires the HTTP close mode. The "prefix" keyword is
1557 not compatible with "rewrite" and "insert".
1558
1559 indirect When this option is specified in insert mode, cookies will only
1560 be added when the server was not reached after a direct access,
1561 which means that only when a server is elected after applying a
1562 load-balancing algorithm, or after a redispatch, then the cookie
1563 will be inserted. If the client has all the required information
1564 to connect to the same server next time, no further cookie will
1565 be inserted. In all cases, when the "indirect" option is used in
1566 insert mode, the cookie is always removed from the requests
1567 transmitted to the server. The persistence mechanism then becomes
1568 totally transparent from the application point of view.
1569
1570 nocache This option is recommended in conjunction with the insert mode
1571 when there is a cache between the client and HAProxy, as it
1572 ensures that a cacheable response will be tagged non-cacheable if
1573 a cookie needs to be inserted. This is important because if all
1574 persistence cookies are added on a cacheable home page for
1575 instance, then all customers will then fetch the page from an
1576 outer cache and will all share the same persistence cookie,
1577 leading to one server receiving much more traffic than others.
1578 See also the "insert" and "postonly" options.
1579
1580 postonly This option ensures that cookie insertion will only be performed
1581 on responses to POST requests. It is an alternative to the
1582 "nocache" option, because POST responses are not cacheable, so
1583 this ensures that the persistence cookie will never get cached.
1584 Since most sites do not need any sort of persistence before the
1585 first POST which generally is a login request, this is a very
1586 efficient method to optimize caching without risking to find a
1587 persistence cookie in the cache.
1588 See also the "insert" and "nocache" options.
1589
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001590 domain This option allows to specify the domain at which a cookie is
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001591 inserted. It requires exactly one parameter: a valid domain
Willy Tarreau68a897b2009-12-03 23:28:34 +01001592 name. If the domain begins with a dot, the browser is allowed to
1593 use it for any host ending with that name. It is also possible to
1594 specify several domain names by invoking this option multiple
1595 times. Some browsers might have small limits on the number of
1596 domains, so be careful when doing that. For the record, sending
1597 10 domains to MSIE 6 or Firefox 2 works as expected.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiefe3b6f2008-05-23 23:49:32 +02001598
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001599 There can be only one persistence cookie per HTTP backend, and it can be
1600 declared in a defaults section. The value of the cookie will be the value
1601 indicated after the "cookie" keyword in a "server" statement. If no cookie
1602 is declared for a given server, the cookie is not set.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02001603
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001604 Examples :
1605 cookie JSESSIONID prefix
1606 cookie SRV insert indirect nocache
1607 cookie SRV insert postonly indirect
1608
1609 See also : "appsession", "balance source", "capture cookie", "server".
1610
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01001611default-server [param*]
1612 Change default options for a server in a backend
1613 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1614 yes | no | yes | yes
1615 Arguments:
1616 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "default-server" keywords
1617 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
1618 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
1619
1620 Examples:
1621 default-server inter 1000 weight 13
1622
1623 See also: "server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001624
1625default_backend <backend>
1626 Specify the backend to use when no "use_backend" rule has been matched.
1627 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1628 yes | yes | yes | no
1629 Arguments :
1630 <backend> is the name of the backend to use.
1631
1632 When doing content-switching between frontend and backends using the
1633 "use_backend" keyword, it is often useful to indicate which backend will be
1634 used when no rule has matched. It generally is the dynamic backend which
1635 will catch all undetermined requests.
1636
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001637 Example :
1638
1639 use_backend dynamic if url_dyn
1640 use_backend static if url_css url_img extension_img
1641 default_backend dynamic
1642
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001643 See also : "use_backend", "reqsetbe", "reqisetbe"
1644
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001645
1646disabled
1647 Disable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1648 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1649 yes | yes | yes | yes
1650 Arguments : none
1651
1652 The "disabled" keyword is used to disable an instance, mainly in order to
1653 liberate a listening port or to temporarily disable a service. The instance
1654 will still be created and its configuration will be checked, but it will be
1655 created in the "stopped" state and will appear as such in the statistics. It
1656 will not receive any traffic nor will it send any health-checks or logs. It
1657 is possible to disable many instances at once by adding the "disabled"
1658 keyword in a "defaults" section.
1659
1660 See also : "enabled"
1661
1662
1663enabled
1664 Enable a proxy, frontend or backend.
1665 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1666 yes | yes | yes | yes
1667 Arguments : none
1668
1669 The "enabled" keyword is used to explicitly enable an instance, when the
1670 defaults has been set to "disabled". This is very rarely used.
1671
1672 See also : "disabled"
1673
1674
1675errorfile <code> <file>
1676 Return a file contents instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1677 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1678 yes | yes | yes | yes
1679 Arguments :
1680 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1681 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1682
1683 <file> designates a file containing the full HTTP response. It is
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001684 recommended to follow the common practice of appending ".http" to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001685 the filename so that people do not confuse the response with HTML
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001686 error pages, and to use absolute paths, since files are read
1687 before any chroot is performed.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001688
1689 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1690 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1691 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1692
1693 The files are returned verbatim on the TCP socket. This allows any trick such
1694 as redirections to another URL or site, as well as tricks to clean cookies,
1695 force enable or disable caching, etc... The package provides default error
1696 files returning the same contents as default errors.
1697
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001698 The files should not exceed the configured buffer size (BUFSIZE), which
1699 generally is 8 or 16 kB, otherwise they will be truncated. It is also wise
1700 not to put any reference to local contents (eg: images) in order to avoid
1701 loops between the client and HAProxy when all servers are down, causing an
1702 error to be returned instead of an image. For better HTTP compliance, it is
1703 recommended that all header lines end with CR-LF and not LF alone.
1704
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001705 The files are read at the same time as the configuration and kept in memory.
1706 For this reason, the errors continue to be returned even when the process is
1707 chrooted, and no file change is considered while the process is running. A
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01001708 simple method for developing those files consists in associating them to the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001709 403 status code and interrogating a blocked URL.
1710
1711 See also : "errorloc", "errorloc302", "errorloc303"
1712
Willy Tarreau59140a22009-02-22 12:02:30 +01001713 Example :
1714 errorfile 400 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/400badreq.http
1715 errorfile 403 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/403forbid.http
1716 errorfile 503 /etc/haproxy/errorfiles/503sorry.http
1717
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001718
1719errorloc <code> <url>
1720errorloc302 <code> <url>
1721 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1722 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1723 yes | yes | yes | yes
1724 Arguments :
1725 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1726 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1727
1728 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1729 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1730 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1731 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1732 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1733
1734 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1735 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1736 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1737
1738 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 302 status code, which tells the
1739 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP method. This can be
1740 quite problematic in case of non-GET methods such as POST, because the URL
1741 sent to the client might not be allowed for something other than GET. To
1742 workaround this problem, please use "errorloc303" which send the HTTP 303
1743 status code, indicating to the client that the URL must be fetched with a GET
1744 request.
1745
1746 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc303"
1747
1748
1749errorloc303 <code> <url>
1750 Return an HTTP redirection to a URL instead of errors generated by HAProxy
1751 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1752 yes | yes | yes | yes
1753 Arguments :
1754 <code> is the HTTP status code. Currently, HAProxy is capable of
1755 generating codes 400, 403, 408, 500, 502, 503, and 504.
1756
1757 <url> it is the exact contents of the "Location" header. It may contain
1758 either a relative URI to an error page hosted on the same site,
1759 or an absolute URI designating an error page on another site.
1760 Special care should be given to relative URIs to avoid redirect
1761 loops if the URI itself may generate the same error (eg: 500).
1762
1763 It is important to understand that this keyword is not meant to rewrite
1764 errors returned by the server, but errors detected and returned by HAProxy.
1765 This is why the list of supported errors is limited to a small set.
1766
1767 Note that both keyword return the HTTP 303 status code, which tells the
1768 client to fetch the designated URL using the same HTTP GET method. This
1769 solves the usual problems associated with "errorloc" and the 302 code. It is
1770 possible that some very old browsers designed before HTTP/1.1 do not support
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01001771 it, but no such problem has been reported till now.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001772
1773 See also : "errorfile", "errorloc", "errorloc302"
1774
1775
1776fullconn <conns>
1777 Specify at what backend load the servers will reach their maxconn
1778 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1779 yes | no | yes | yes
1780 Arguments :
1781 <conns> is the number of connections on the backend which will make the
1782 servers use the maximal number of connections.
1783
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001784 When a server has a "maxconn" parameter specified, it means that its number
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001785 of concurrent connections will never go higher. Additionally, if it has a
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01001786 "minconn" parameter, it indicates a dynamic limit following the backend's
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001787 load. The server will then always accept at least <minconn> connections,
1788 never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on the ramp between both
1789 values when the backend has less than <conns> concurrent connections. This
1790 makes it possible to limit the load on the servers during normal loads, but
1791 push it further for important loads without overloading the servers during
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001792 exceptional loads.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001793
1794 Example :
1795 # The servers will accept between 100 and 1000 concurrent connections each
1796 # and the maximum of 1000 will be reached when the backend reaches 10000
1797 # connections.
1798 backend dynamic
1799 fullconn 10000
1800 server srv1 dyn1:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1801 server srv2 dyn2:80 minconn 100 maxconn 1000
1802
1803 See also : "maxconn", "server"
1804
1805
1806grace <time>
1807 Maintain a proxy operational for some time after a soft stop
1808 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1809 no | yes | yes | yes
1810 Arguments :
1811 <time> is the time (by default in milliseconds) for which the instance
1812 will remain operational with the frontend sockets still listening
1813 when a soft-stop is received via the SIGUSR1 signal.
1814
1815 This may be used to ensure that the services disappear in a certain order.
1816 This was designed so that frontends which are dedicated to monitoring by an
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01001817 external equipment fail immediately while other ones remain up for the time
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001818 needed by the equipment to detect the failure.
1819
1820 Note that currently, there is very little benefit in using this parameter,
1821 and it may in fact complicate the soft-reconfiguration process more than
1822 simplify it.
1823
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001824
Willy Tarreau6b2e11b2009-10-01 07:52:15 +02001825hash-type <method>
1826 Specify a method to use for mapping hashes to servers
1827 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1828 yes | no | yes | yes
1829 Arguments :
1830 map-based the hash table is a static array containing all alive servers.
1831 The hashes will be very smooth, will consider weights, but will
1832 be static in that weight changes while a server is up will be
1833 ignored. This means that there will be no slow start. Also,
1834 since a server is selected by its position in the array, most
1835 mappings are changed when the server count changes. This means
1836 that when a server goes up or down, or when a server is added
1837 to a farm, most connections will be redistributed to different
1838 servers. This can be inconvenient with caches for instance.
1839
1840 consistent the hash table is a tree filled with many occurrences of each
1841 server. The hash key is looked up in the tree and the closest
1842 server is chosen. This hash is dynamic, it supports changing
1843 weights while the servers are up, so it is compatible with the
1844 slow start feature. It has the advantage that when a server
1845 goes up or down, only its associations are moved. When a server
1846 is added to the farm, only a few part of the mappings are
1847 redistributed, making it an ideal algorithm for caches.
1848 However, due to its principle, the algorithm will never be very
1849 smooth and it may sometimes be necessary to adjust a server's
1850 weight or its ID to get a more balanced distribution. In order
1851 to get the same distribution on multiple load balancers, it is
1852 important that all servers have the same IDs.
1853
1854 The default hash type is "map-based" and is recommended for most usages.
1855
1856 See also : "balance", "server"
1857
1858
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001859http-check disable-on-404
1860 Enable a maintenance mode upon HTTP/404 response to health-checks
1861 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001862 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01001863 Arguments : none
1864
1865 When this option is set, a server which returns an HTTP code 404 will be
1866 excluded from further load-balancing, but will still receive persistent
1867 connections. This provides a very convenient method for Web administrators
1868 to perform a graceful shutdown of their servers. It is also important to note
1869 that a server which is detected as failed while it was in this mode will not
1870 generate an alert, just a notice. If the server responds 2xx or 3xx again, it
1871 will immediately be reinserted into the farm. The status on the stats page
1872 reports "NOLB" for a server in this mode. It is important to note that this
1873 option only works in conjunction with the "httpchk" option.
1874
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001875 See also : "option httpchk"
1876
1877
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001878id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02001879 Set a persistent ID to a proxy.
1880 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1881 no | yes | yes | yes
1882 Arguments : none
1883
1884 Set a persistent ID for the proxy. This ID must be unique and positive.
1885 An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first assigned
1886 value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01001887
1888
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001889log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001890log <address> <facility> [<level> [<minlevel>]]
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001891 Enable per-instance logging of events and traffic.
1892 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1893 yes | yes | yes | yes
1894 Arguments :
1895 global should be used when the instance's logging parameters are the
1896 same as the global ones. This is the most common usage. "global"
1897 replaces <address>, <facility> and <level> with those of the log
1898 entries found in the "global" section. Only one "log global"
1899 statement may be used per instance, and this form takes no other
1900 parameter.
1901
1902 <address> indicates where to send the logs. It takes the same format as
1903 for the "global" section's logs, and can be one of :
1904
1905 - An IPv4 address optionally followed by a colon (':') and a UDP
1906 port. If no port is specified, 514 is used by default (the
1907 standard syslog port).
1908
1909 - A filesystem path to a UNIX domain socket, keeping in mind
1910 considerations for chroot (be sure the path is accessible
1911 inside the chroot) and uid/gid (be sure the path is
1912 appropriately writeable).
1913
1914 <facility> must be one of the 24 standard syslog facilities :
1915
1916 kern user mail daemon auth syslog lpr news
1917 uucp cron auth2 ftp ntp audit alert cron2
1918 local0 local1 local2 local3 local4 local5 local6 local7
1919
1920 <level> is optional and can be specified to filter outgoing messages. By
1921 default, all messages are sent. If a level is specified, only
1922 messages with a severity at least as important as this level
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001923 will be sent. An optional minimum level can be specified. If it
1924 is set, logs emitted with a more severe level than this one will
1925 be capped to this level. This is used to avoid sending "emerg"
1926 messages on all terminals on some default syslog configurations.
1927 Eight levels are known :
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001928
1929 emerg alert crit err warning notice info debug
1930
1931 Note that up to two "log" entries may be specified per instance. However, if
1932 "log global" is used and if the "global" section already contains 2 log
1933 entries, then additional log entries will be ignored.
1934
1935 Also, it is important to keep in mind that it is the frontend which decides
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01001936 what to log from a connection, and that in case of content switching, the log
1937 entries from the backend will be ignored. Connections are logged at level
1938 "info".
1939
1940 However, backend log declaration define how and where servers status changes
1941 will be logged. Level "notice" will be used to indicate a server going up,
1942 "warning" will be used for termination signals and definitive service
1943 termination, and "alert" will be used for when a server goes down.
1944
1945 Note : According to RFC3164, messages are truncated to 1024 bytes before
1946 being emitted.
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001947
1948 Example :
1949 log global
Willy Tarreauf7edefa2009-05-10 17:20:05 +02001950 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice # only send important events
1951 log 127.0.0.1:514 local0 notice notice # same but limit output level
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01001952
1953
1954maxconn <conns>
1955 Fix the maximum number of concurrent connections on a frontend
1956 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1957 yes | yes | yes | no
1958 Arguments :
1959 <conns> is the maximum number of concurrent connections the frontend will
1960 accept to serve. Excess connections will be queued by the system
1961 in the socket's listen queue and will be served once a connection
1962 closes.
1963
1964 If the system supports it, it can be useful on big sites to raise this limit
1965 very high so that haproxy manages connection queues, instead of leaving the
1966 clients with unanswered connection attempts. This value should not exceed the
1967 global maxconn. Also, keep in mind that a connection contains two buffers
1968 of 8kB each, as well as some other data resulting in about 17 kB of RAM being
1969 consumed per established connection. That means that a medium system equipped
1970 with 1GB of RAM can withstand around 40000-50000 concurrent connections if
1971 properly tuned.
1972
1973 Also, when <conns> is set to large values, it is possible that the servers
1974 are not sized to accept such loads, and for this reason it is generally wise
1975 to assign them some reasonable connection limits.
1976
1977 See also : "server", global section's "maxconn", "fullconn"
1978
1979
1980mode { tcp|http|health }
1981 Set the running mode or protocol of the instance
1982 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
1983 yes | yes | yes | yes
1984 Arguments :
1985 tcp The instance will work in pure TCP mode. A full-duplex connection
1986 will be established between clients and servers, and no layer 7
1987 examination will be performed. This is the default mode. It
1988 should be used for SSL, SSH, SMTP, ...
1989
1990 http The instance will work in HTTP mode. The client request will be
1991 analyzed in depth before connecting to any server. Any request
1992 which is not RFC-compliant will be rejected. Layer 7 filtering,
1993 processing and switching will be possible. This is the mode which
1994 brings HAProxy most of its value.
1995
1996 health The instance will work in "health" mode. It will just reply "OK"
1997 to incoming connections and close the connection. Nothing will be
1998 logged. This mode is used to reply to external components health
1999 checks. This mode is deprecated and should not be used anymore as
2000 it is possible to do the same and even better by combining TCP or
2001 HTTP modes with the "monitor" keyword.
2002
2003 When doing content switching, it is mandatory that the frontend and the
2004 backend are in the same mode (generally HTTP), otherwise the configuration
2005 will be refused.
2006
2007 Example :
2008 defaults http_instances
2009 mode http
2010
2011 See also : "monitor", "monitor-net"
2012
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002013
2014monitor fail [if | unless] <condition>
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002015 Add a condition to report a failure to a monitor HTTP request.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002016 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2017 no | yes | yes | no
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002018 Arguments :
2019 if <cond> the monitor request will fail if the condition is satisfied,
2020 and will succeed otherwise. The condition should describe a
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002021 combined test which must induce a failure if all conditions
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002022 are met, for instance a low number of servers both in a
2023 backend and its backup.
2024
2025 unless <cond> the monitor request will succeed only if the condition is
2026 satisfied, and will fail otherwise. Such a condition may be
2027 based on a test on the presence of a minimum number of active
2028 servers in a list of backends.
2029
2030 This statement adds a condition which can force the response to a monitor
2031 request to report a failure. By default, when an external component queries
2032 the URI dedicated to monitoring, a 200 response is returned. When one of the
2033 conditions above is met, haproxy will return 503 instead of 200. This is
2034 very useful to report a site failure to an external component which may base
2035 routing advertisements between multiple sites on the availability reported by
2036 haproxy. In this case, one would rely on an ACL involving the "nbsrv"
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002037 criterion. Note that "monitor fail" only works in HTTP mode.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002038
2039 Example:
2040 frontend www
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002041 mode http
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002042 acl site_dead nbsrv(dynamic) lt 2
2043 acl site_dead nbsrv(static) lt 2
2044 monitor-uri /site_alive
2045 monitor fail if site_dead
2046
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002047 See also : "monitor-net", "monitor-uri"
2048
2049
2050monitor-net <source>
2051 Declare a source network which is limited to monitor requests
2052 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2053 yes | yes | yes | no
2054 Arguments :
2055 <source> is the source IPv4 address or network which will only be able to
2056 get monitor responses to any request. It can be either an IPv4
2057 address, a host name, or an address followed by a slash ('/')
2058 followed by a mask.
2059
2060 In TCP mode, any connection coming from a source matching <source> will cause
2061 the connection to be immediately closed without any log. This allows another
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002062 equipment to probe the port and verify that it is still listening, without
Willy Tarreau2769aa02007-12-27 18:26:09 +01002063 forwarding the connection to a remote server.
2064
2065 In HTTP mode, a connection coming from a source matching <source> will be
2066 accepted, the following response will be sent without waiting for a request,
2067 then the connection will be closed : "HTTP/1.0 200 OK". This is normally
2068 enough for any front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and
2069 running without forwarding the request to a backend server.
2070
2071 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2072 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2073 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2074 nothing more. Right now, it is not possible to set failure conditions on
2075 requests caught by "monitor-net".
2076
2077 Example :
2078 # addresses .252 and .253 are just probing us.
2079 frontend www
2080 monitor-net 192.168.0.252/31
2081
2082 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-uri"
2083
2084
2085monitor-uri <uri>
2086 Intercept a URI used by external components' monitor requests
2087 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2088 yes | yes | yes | no
2089 Arguments :
2090 <uri> is the exact URI which we want to intercept to return HAProxy's
2091 health status instead of forwarding the request.
2092
2093 When an HTTP request referencing <uri> will be received on a frontend,
2094 HAProxy will not forward it nor log it, but instead will return either
2095 "HTTP/1.0 200 OK" or "HTTP/1.0 503 Service unavailable", depending on failure
2096 conditions defined with "monitor fail". This is normally enough for any
2097 front-end HTTP probe to detect that the service is UP and running without
2098 forwarding the request to a backend server. Note that the HTTP method, the
2099 version and all headers are ignored, but the request must at least be valid
2100 at the HTTP level. This keyword may only be used with an HTTP-mode frontend.
2101
2102 Monitor requests are processed very early. It is not possible to block nor
2103 divert them using ACLs. They cannot be logged either, and it is the intended
2104 purpose. They are only used to report HAProxy's health to an upper component,
2105 nothing more. However, it is possible to add any number of conditions using
2106 "monitor fail" and ACLs so that the result can be adjusted to whatever check
2107 can be imagined (most often the number of available servers in a backend).
2108
2109 Example :
2110 # Use /haproxy_test to report haproxy's status
2111 frontend www
2112 mode http
2113 monitor-uri /haproxy_test
2114
2115 See also : "monitor fail", "monitor-net"
2116
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002117
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002118option abortonclose
2119no option abortonclose
2120 Enable or disable early dropping of aborted requests pending in queues.
2121 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2122 yes | no | yes | yes
2123 Arguments : none
2124
2125 In presence of very high loads, the servers will take some time to respond.
2126 The per-instance connection queue will inflate, and the response time will
2127 increase respective to the size of the queue times the average per-session
2128 response time. When clients will wait for more than a few seconds, they will
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002129 often hit the "STOP" button on their browser, leaving a useless request in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002130 the queue, and slowing down other users, and the servers as well, because the
2131 request will eventually be served, then aborted at the first error
2132 encountered while delivering the response.
2133
2134 As there is no way to distinguish between a full STOP and a simple output
2135 close on the client side, HTTP agents should be conservative and consider
2136 that the client might only have closed its output channel while waiting for
2137 the response. However, this introduces risks of congestion when lots of users
2138 do the same, and is completely useless nowadays because probably no client at
2139 all will close the session while waiting for the response. Some HTTP agents
2140 support this behaviour (Squid, Apache, HAProxy), and others do not (TUX, most
2141 hardware-based load balancers). So the probability for a closed input channel
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002142 to represent a user hitting the "STOP" button is close to 100%, and the risk
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002143 of being the single component to break rare but valid traffic is extremely
2144 low, which adds to the temptation to be able to abort a session early while
2145 still not served and not pollute the servers.
2146
2147 In HAProxy, the user can choose the desired behaviour using the option
2148 "abortonclose". By default (without the option) the behaviour is HTTP
2149 compliant and aborted requests will be served. But when the option is
2150 specified, a session with an incoming channel closed will be aborted while
2151 it is still possible, either pending in the queue for a connection slot, or
2152 during the connection establishment if the server has not yet acknowledged
2153 the connection request. This considerably reduces the queue size and the load
2154 on saturated servers when users are tempted to click on STOP, which in turn
2155 reduces the response time for other users.
2156
2157 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2158 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2159
2160 See also : "timeout queue" and server's "maxconn" and "maxqueue" parameters
2161
2162
Willy Tarreau4076a152009-04-02 15:18:36 +02002163option accept-invalid-http-request
2164no option accept-invalid-http-request
2165 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP request parsing
2166 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2167 yes | yes | yes | no
2168 Arguments : none
2169
2170 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2171 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2172 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2173 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2174 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2175 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2176 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2177 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2178 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2179
2180 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2181 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2182 been confirmed.
2183
2184 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2185 requests, but the complete request will be captured in order to permit later
2186 analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket. Doing this
2187 also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2188
2189 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2190 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2191
2192 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-response" and "show errors" on the
2193 stats socket.
2194
2195
2196option accept-invalid-http-response
2197no option accept-invalid-http-response
2198 Enable or disable relaxing of HTTP response parsing
2199 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2200 yes | no | yes | yes
2201 Arguments : none
2202
2203 By default, HAProxy complies with RFC2616 in terms of message parsing. This
2204 means that invalid characters in header names are not permitted and cause an
2205 error to be returned to the client. This is the desired behaviour as such
2206 forbidden characters are essentially used to build attacks exploiting server
2207 weaknesses, and bypass security filtering. Sometimes, a buggy browser or
2208 server will emit invalid header names for whatever reason (configuration,
2209 implementation) and the issue will not be immediately fixed. In such a case,
2210 it is possible to relax HAProxy's header name parser to accept any character
2211 even if that does not make sense, by specifying this option.
2212
2213 This option should never be enabled by default as it hides application bugs
2214 and open security breaches. It should only be deployed after a problem has
2215 been confirmed.
2216
2217 When this option is enabled, erroneous header names will still be accepted in
2218 responses, but the complete response will be captured in order to permit
2219 later analysis using the "show errors" request on the UNIX stats socket.
2220 Doing this also helps confirming that the issue has been solved.
2221
2222 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2223 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2224
2225 See also : "option accept-invalid-http-request" and "show errors" on the
2226 stats socket.
2227
2228
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002229option allbackups
2230no option allbackups
2231 Use either all backup servers at a time or only the first one
2232 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2233 yes | no | yes | yes
2234 Arguments : none
2235
2236 By default, the first operational backup server gets all traffic when normal
2237 servers are all down. Sometimes, it may be preferred to use multiple backups
2238 at once, because one will not be enough. When "option allbackups" is enabled,
2239 the load balancing will be performed among all backup servers when all normal
2240 ones are unavailable. The same load balancing algorithm will be used and the
2241 servers' weights will be respected. Thus, there will not be any priority
2242 order between the backup servers anymore.
2243
2244 This option is mostly used with static server farms dedicated to return a
2245 "sorry" page when an application is completely offline.
2246
2247 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2248 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2249
2250
2251option checkcache
2252no option checkcache
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002253 Analyze all server responses and block requests with cacheable cookies
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002254 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2255 yes | no | yes | yes
2256 Arguments : none
2257
2258 Some high-level frameworks set application cookies everywhere and do not
2259 always let enough control to the developer to manage how the responses should
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002260 be cached. When a session cookie is returned on a cacheable object, there is a
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002261 high risk of session crossing or stealing between users traversing the same
2262 caches. In some situations, it is better to block the response than to let
2263 some sensible session information go in the wild.
2264
2265 The option "checkcache" enables deep inspection of all server responses for
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002266 strict compliance with HTTP specification in terms of cacheability. It
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002267 carefully checks "Cache-control", "Pragma" and "Set-cookie" headers in server
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002268 response to check if there's a risk of caching a cookie on a client-side
2269 proxy. When this option is enabled, the only responses which can be delivered
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002270 to the client are :
2271 - all those without "Set-Cookie" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002272 - all those with a return code other than 200, 203, 206, 300, 301, 410,
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002273 provided that the server has not set a "Cache-control: public" header ;
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002274 - all those that come from a POST request, provided that the server has not
2275 set a 'Cache-Control: public' header ;
2276 - those with a 'Pragma: no-cache' header
2277 - those with a 'Cache-control: private' header
2278 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-store' header
2279 - those with a 'Cache-control: max-age=0' header
2280 - those with a 'Cache-control: s-maxage=0' header
2281 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache' header
2282 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie"' header
2283 - those with a 'Cache-control: no-cache="set-cookie,' header
2284 (allowing other fields after set-cookie)
2285
2286 If a response doesn't respect these requirements, then it will be blocked
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01002287 just as if it was from an "rspdeny" filter, with an "HTTP 502 bad gateway".
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002288 The session state shows "PH--" meaning that the proxy blocked the response
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002289 during headers processing. Additionally, an alert will be sent in the logs so
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002290 that admins are informed that there's something to be fixed.
2291
2292 Due to the high impact on the application, the application should be tested
2293 in depth with the option enabled before going to production. It is also a
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002294 good practice to always activate it during tests, even if it is not used in
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002295 production, as it will report potentially dangerous application behaviours.
2296
2297 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2298 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2299
2300
2301option clitcpka
2302no option clitcpka
2303 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the client side
2304 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2305 yes | yes | yes | no
2306 Arguments : none
2307
2308 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
2309 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
2310 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
2311 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
2312
2313 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
2314 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
2315 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
2316 operating system and its tuning parameters.
2317
2318 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
2319 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
2320 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
2321 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
2322 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
2323
2324 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
2325
2326 Using option "clitcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
2327 client side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
2328 noticed between HAProxy and a client.
2329
2330 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2331 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2332
2333 See also : "option srvtcpka", "option tcpka"
2334
2335
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01002336option contstats
2337 Enable continuous traffic statistics updates
2338 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2339 yes | yes | yes | no
2340 Arguments : none
2341
2342 By default, counters used for statistics calculation are incremented
2343 only when a session finishes. It works quite well when serving small
2344 objects, but with big ones (for example large images or archives) or
2345 with A/V streaming, a graph generated from haproxy counters looks like
2346 a hedgehog. With this option enabled counters get incremented continuously,
2347 during a whole session. Recounting touches a hotpath directly so
2348 it is not enabled by default, as it has small performance impact (~0.5%).
2349
2350
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002351option dontlog-normal
2352no option dontlog-normal
2353 Enable or disable logging of normal, successful connections
2354 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2355 yes | yes | yes | no
2356 Arguments : none
2357
2358 There are large sites dealing with several thousand connections per second
2359 and for which logging is a major pain. Some of them are even forced to turn
2360 logs off and cannot debug production issues. Setting this option ensures that
2361 normal connections, those which experience no error, no timeout, no retry nor
2362 redispatch, will not be logged. This leaves disk space for anomalies. In HTTP
2363 mode, the response status code is checked and return codes 5xx will still be
2364 logged.
2365
2366 It is strongly discouraged to use this option as most of the time, the key to
2367 complex issues is in the normal logs which will not be logged here. If you
2368 need to separate logs, see the "log-separate-errors" option instead.
2369
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002370 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "log-separate-errors" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002371 logging.
2372
2373
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002374option dontlognull
2375no option dontlognull
2376 Enable or disable logging of null connections
2377 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2378 yes | yes | yes | no
2379 Arguments : none
2380
2381 In certain environments, there are components which will regularly connect to
2382 various systems to ensure that they are still alive. It can be the case from
2383 another load balancer as well as from monitoring systems. By default, even a
2384 simple port probe or scan will produce a log. If those connections pollute
2385 the logs too much, it is possible to enable option "dontlognull" to indicate
2386 that a connection on which no data has been transferred will not be logged,
2387 which typically corresponds to those probes.
2388
2389 It is generally recommended not to use this option in uncontrolled
2390 environments (eg: internet), otherwise scans and other malicious activities
2391 would not be logged.
2392
2393 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2394 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2395
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002396 See also : "log", "monitor-net", "monitor-uri" and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002397
2398
2399option forceclose
2400no option forceclose
2401 Enable or disable active connection closing after response is transferred.
2402 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaua31e5df2009-12-30 01:10:35 +01002403 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002404 Arguments : none
2405
2406 Some HTTP servers do not necessarily close the connections when they receive
2407 the "Connection: close" set by "option httpclose", and if the client does not
2408 close either, then the connection remains open till the timeout expires. This
2409 causes high number of simultaneous connections on the servers and shows high
2410 global session times in the logs.
2411
2412 When this happens, it is possible to use "option forceclose". It will
Willy Tarreau82eeaf22009-12-29 12:09:05 +01002413 actively close the outgoing server channel as soon as the server has finished
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002414 to respond. This option implicitly enables the "httpclose" option. Note that
2415 this option also enables the parsing of the full request and response, which
2416 means we can close the connection to the server very quickly, releasing some
2417 resources earlier than with httpclose.
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01002418
2419 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2420 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2421
2422 See also : "option httpclose"
2423
2424
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002425option forwardfor [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002426 Enable insertion of the X-Forwarded-For header to requests sent to servers
2427 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2428 yes | yes | yes | yes
2429 Arguments :
2430 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2431 matching <network>
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002432 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Forwarded-For"
2433 header name.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002434
2435 Since HAProxy works in reverse-proxy mode, the servers see its IP address as
2436 their client address. This is sometimes annoying when the client's IP address
2437 is expected in server logs. To solve this problem, the well-known HTTP header
2438 "X-Forwarded-For" may be added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server.
2439 This header contains a value representing the client's IP address. Since this
2440 header is always appended at the end of the existing header list, the server
2441 must be configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. See
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002442 the server's manual to find how to enable use of this standard header. Note
2443 that only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2444 possible that the client has already brought one.
2445
2446 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2447 the default "X-Forwarded-For". This can be useful where you might already
2448 have a "X-Forwarded-For" header from a different application (eg: stunnel),
2449 and you need preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the
2450 "X-Forwarded-For" header and requires different one (eg: Zeus Web Servers
2451 require "X-Cluster-Client-IP").
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002452
2453 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2454 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2455 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2456 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2457 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2458 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2459 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2460
2461 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002462 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2463 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2464 both are defined.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002465
2466 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2467 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2468 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2469 when using this option.
2470
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002471 Examples :
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002472 # Public HTTP address also used by stunnel on the same machine
2473 frontend www
2474 mode http
2475 option forwardfor except 127.0.0.1 # stunnel already adds the header
2476
Ross Westaf72a1d2008-08-03 10:51:45 +02002477 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client
2478 backend www
2479 mode http
2480 option forwardfor header X-Client
2481
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002482 See also : "option httpclose"
2483
2484
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002485option httpchk
2486option httpchk <uri>
2487option httpchk <method> <uri>
2488option httpchk <method> <uri> <version>
2489 Enable HTTP protocol to check on the servers health
2490 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2491 yes | no | yes | yes
2492 Arguments :
2493 <method> is the optional HTTP method used with the requests. When not set,
2494 the "OPTIONS" method is used, as it generally requires low server
2495 processing and is easy to filter out from the logs. Any method
2496 may be used, though it is not recommended to invent non-standard
2497 ones.
2498
2499 <uri> is the URI referenced in the HTTP requests. It defaults to " / "
2500 which is accessible by default on almost any server, but may be
2501 changed to any other URI. Query strings are permitted.
2502
2503 <version> is the optional HTTP version string. It defaults to "HTTP/1.0"
2504 but some servers might behave incorrectly in HTTP 1.0, so turning
2505 it to HTTP/1.1 may sometimes help. Note that the Host field is
2506 mandatory in HTTP/1.1, and as a trick, it is possible to pass it
2507 after "\r\n" following the version string.
2508
2509 By default, server health checks only consist in trying to establish a TCP
2510 connection. When "option httpchk" is specified, a complete HTTP request is
2511 sent once the TCP connection is established, and responses 2xx and 3xx are
2512 considered valid, while all other ones indicate a server failure, including
2513 the lack of any response.
2514
2515 The port and interval are specified in the server configuration.
2516
2517 This option does not necessarily require an HTTP backend, it also works with
2518 plain TCP backends. This is particularly useful to check simple scripts bound
2519 to some dedicated ports using the inetd daemon.
2520
2521 Examples :
2522 # Relay HTTPS traffic to Apache instance and check service availability
2523 # using HTTP request "OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1" on port 80.
2524 backend https_relay
2525 mode tcp
Willy Tarreauebaf21a2008-03-21 20:17:14 +01002526 option httpchk OPTIONS * HTTP/1.1\r\nHost:\ www
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002527 server apache1 192.168.1.1:443 check port 80
2528
2529 See also : "option ssl-hello-chk", "option smtpchk", "http-check" and the
2530 "check", "port" and "interval" server options.
2531
2532
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002533option http-server-close
2534no option http-server-close
2535 Enable or disable HTTP connection closing on the server side
2536 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2537 yes | yes | yes | yes
2538 Arguments : none
2539
2540 This mode enables HTTP connection-close mode on the server side while keeping
2541 the ability to support HTTP keep-alive and pipelining on the client side.
2542 This provides the lowest latency on the client side (slow network) and the
2543 fastest session reuse on the server side to save server resources, similarly
2544 to "option forceclose". It also permits non-keepalive capable servers to be
2545 served in keep-alive mode to the clients if they conform to the requirements
2546 of RFC2616.
2547
2548 At the moment, logs will not indicate whether requests came from the same
2549 session or not. The accept date reported in the logs corresponds to the end
2550 of the previous request, and the request time corresponds to the time spent
2551 waiting for a new request. The keep-alive request time is still bound to the
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01002552 timeout defined by "timeout http-keep-alive" or "timeout http-request" if
2553 not set.
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002554
2555 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2556 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002557 It is worth noting that "option forceclose" has precedence over "option
2558 http-server-close" and that combining "http-server-close" with "httpclose"
2559 basically achieve the same result as "forceclose".
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002560
2561 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2562 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2563
2564 See also : "option forceclose" and "option httpclose"
2565
2566
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002567option httpclose
2568no option httpclose
2569 Enable or disable passive HTTP connection closing
2570 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2571 yes | yes | yes | yes
2572 Arguments : none
2573
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002574 As stated in section 1, HAProxy does not yes support the HTTP keep-alive
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002575 mode. So by default, if a client communicates with a server in this mode, it
2576 will only analyze, log, and process the first request of each connection. To
2577 workaround this limitation, it is possible to specify "option httpclose". It
2578 will check if a "Connection: close" header is already set in each direction,
2579 and will add one if missing. Each end should react to this by actively
2580 closing the TCP connection after each transfer, thus resulting in a switch to
2581 the HTTP close mode. Any "Connection" header different from "close" will also
2582 be removed.
2583
2584 It seldom happens that some servers incorrectly ignore this header and do not
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002585 close the connection eventhough they reply "Connection: close". For this
2586 reason, they are not compatible with older HTTP 1.0 browsers. If this happens
2587 it is possible to use the "option forceclose" which actively closes the
2588 request connection once the server responds. Option "forceclose" also
2589 releases the server connection earlier because it does not have to wait for
2590 the client to acknowledge it.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002591
2592 This option may be set both in a frontend and in a backend. It is enabled if
2593 at least one of the frontend or backend holding a connection has it enabled.
2594 If "option forceclose" is specified too, it has precedence over "httpclose".
Willy Tarreau0dfdf192010-01-05 11:33:11 +01002595 If "option http-server-close" is enabled at the same time as "httpclose", it
2596 basically achieves the same result as "option forceclose".
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002597
2598 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2599 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2600
Willy Tarreaub608feb2010-01-02 22:47:18 +01002601 See also : "option forceclose" and "option http-server-close"
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002602
2603
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002604option httplog [ clf ]
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002605 Enable logging of HTTP request, session state and timers
2606 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2607 yes | yes | yes | yes
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002608 Arguments :
2609 clf if the "clf" argument is added, then the output format will be
2610 the CLF format instead of HAProxy's default HTTP format. You can
2611 use this when you need to feed HAProxy's logs through a specific
2612 log analyser which only support the CLF format and which is not
2613 extensible.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002614
2615 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
2616 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
2617 "option httplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including,
2618 but not limited to, the HTTP request, the connection timers, the session
2619 status, the connections numbers, the captured headers and cookies, the
2620 frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source address and
2621 ports.
2622
2623 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
2624
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02002625 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2626 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it. Specifying
2627 only "option httplog" will automatically clear the 'clf' mode if it was set
2628 by default.
2629
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002630 See also : section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002631
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002632
2633option http_proxy
2634no option http_proxy
2635 Enable or disable plain HTTP proxy mode
2636 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2637 yes | yes | yes | yes
2638 Arguments : none
2639
2640 It sometimes happens that people need a pure HTTP proxy which understands
2641 basic proxy requests without caching nor any fancy feature. In this case,
2642 it may be worth setting up an HAProxy instance with the "option http_proxy"
2643 set. In this mode, no server is declared, and the connection is forwarded to
2644 the IP address and port found in the URL after the "http://" scheme.
2645
2646 No host address resolution is performed, so this only works when pure IP
2647 addresses are passed. Since this option's usage perimeter is rather limited,
2648 it will probably be used only by experts who know they need exactly it. Last,
2649 if the clients are susceptible of sending keep-alive requests, it will be
2650 needed to add "option http_close" to ensure that all requests will correctly
2651 be analyzed.
2652
2653 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2654 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2655
2656 Example :
2657 # this backend understands HTTP proxy requests and forwards them directly.
2658 backend direct_forward
2659 option httpclose
2660 option http_proxy
2661
2662 See also : "option httpclose"
2663
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002664
Willy Tarreauf27b5ea2009-10-03 22:01:18 +02002665option independant-streams
2666no option independant-streams
2667 Enable or disable independant timeout processing for both directions
2668 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2669 yes | yes | yes | yes
2670 Arguments : none
2671
2672 By default, when data is sent over a socket, both the write timeout and the
2673 read timeout for that socket are refreshed, because we consider that there is
2674 activity on that socket, and we have no other means of guessing if we should
2675 receive data or not.
2676
2677 While this default behaviour is desirable for almost all applications, there
2678 exists a situation where it is desirable to disable it, and only refresh the
2679 read timeout if there are incoming data. This happens on sessions with large
2680 timeouts and low amounts of exchanged data such as telnet session. If the
2681 server suddenly disappears, the output data accumulates in the system's
2682 socket buffers, both timeouts are correctly refreshed, and there is no way
2683 to know the server does not receive them, so we don't timeout. However, when
2684 the underlying protocol always echoes sent data, it would be enough by itself
2685 to detect the issue using the read timeout. Note that this problem does not
2686 happen with more verbose protocols because data won't accumulate long in the
2687 socket buffers.
2688
2689 When this option is set on the frontend, it will disable read timeout updates
2690 on data sent to the client. There probably is little use of this case. When
2691 the option is set on the backend, it will disable read timeout updates on
2692 data sent to the server. Doing so will typically break large HTTP posts from
2693 slow lines, so use it with caution.
2694
2695 See also : "timeout client" and "timeout server"
2696
2697
Willy Tarreau211ad242009-10-03 21:45:07 +02002698option log-health-checks
2699no option log-health-checks
2700 Enable or disable logging of health checks
2701 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2702 yes | no | yes | yes
2703 Arguments : none
2704
2705 Enable health checks logging so it possible to check for example what
2706 was happening before a server crash. Failed health check are logged if
2707 server is UP and succeeded health checks if server is DOWN, so the amount
2708 of additional information is limited.
2709
2710 If health check logging is enabled no health check status is printed
2711 when servers is set up UP/DOWN/ENABLED/DISABLED.
2712
2713 See also: "log" and section 8 about logging.
2714
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002715
2716option log-separate-errors
2717no option log-separate-errors
2718 Change log level for non-completely successful connections
2719 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2720 yes | yes | yes | no
2721 Arguments : none
2722
2723 Sometimes looking for errors in logs is not easy. This option makes haproxy
2724 raise the level of logs containing potentially interesting information such
2725 as errors, timeouts, retries, redispatches, or HTTP status codes 5xx. The
2726 level changes from "info" to "err". This makes it possible to log them
2727 separately to a different file with most syslog daemons. Be careful not to
2728 remove them from the original file, otherwise you would lose ordering which
2729 provides very important information.
2730
2731 Using this option, large sites dealing with several thousand connections per
2732 second may log normal traffic to a rotating buffer and only archive smaller
2733 error logs.
2734
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002735 See also : "log", "dontlognull", "dontlog-normal" and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02002736 logging.
2737
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002738
2739option logasap
2740no option logasap
2741 Enable or disable early logging of HTTP requests
2742 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2743 yes | yes | yes | no
2744 Arguments : none
2745
2746 By default, HTTP requests are logged upon termination so that the total
2747 transfer time and the number of bytes appear in the logs. When large objects
2748 are being transferred, it may take a while before the request appears in the
2749 logs. Using "option logasap", the request gets logged as soon as the server
2750 sends the complete headers. The only missing information in the logs will be
2751 the total number of bytes which will indicate everything except the amount
2752 of data transferred, and the total time which will not take the transfer
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01002753 time into account. In such a situation, it's a good practice to capture the
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002754 "Content-Length" response header so that the logs at least indicate how many
2755 bytes are expected to be transferred.
2756
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01002757 Examples :
2758 listen http_proxy 0.0.0.0:80
2759 mode http
2760 option httplog
2761 option logasap
2762 log 192.168.2.200 local3
2763
2764 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
2765 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
2766 static/srv1 9/10/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/1/1/1/0 1/0 \
2767 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
2768
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02002769 See also : "option httplog", "capture response header", and section 8 about
Willy Tarreauc27debf2008-01-06 08:57:02 +01002770 logging.
2771
2772
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002773option nolinger
2774no option nolinger
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002775 Enable or disable immediate session resource cleaning after close
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002776 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2777 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002778 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002779
2780 When clients or servers abort connections in a dirty way (eg: they are
2781 physically disconnected), the session timeouts triggers and the session is
2782 closed. But it will remain in FIN_WAIT1 state for some time in the system,
2783 using some resources and possibly limiting the ability to establish newer
2784 connections.
2785
2786 When this happens, it is possible to activate "option nolinger" which forces
2787 the system to immediately remove any socket's pending data on close. Thus,
2788 the session is instantly purged from the system's tables. This usually has
2789 side effects such as increased number of TCP resets due to old retransmits
2790 getting immediately rejected. Some firewalls may sometimes complain about
2791 this too.
2792
2793 For this reason, it is not recommended to use this option when not absolutely
2794 needed. You know that you need it when you have thousands of FIN_WAIT1
2795 sessions on your system (TIME_WAIT ones do not count).
2796
2797 This option may be used both on frontends and backends, depending on the side
2798 where it is required. Use it on the frontend for clients, and on the backend
2799 for servers.
2800
2801 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2802 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2803
2804
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02002805option originalto [ except <network> ] [ header <name> ]
2806 Enable insertion of the X-Original-To header to requests sent to servers
2807 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2808 yes | yes | yes | yes
2809 Arguments :
2810 <network> is an optional argument used to disable this option for sources
2811 matching <network>
2812 <name> an optional argument to specify a different "X-Original-To"
2813 header name.
2814
2815 Since HAProxy can work in transparent mode, every request from a client can
2816 be redirected to the proxy and HAProxy itself can proxy every request to a
2817 complex SQUID environment and the destination host from SO_ORIGINAL_DST will
2818 be lost. This is annoying when you want access rules based on destination ip
2819 addresses. To solve this problem, a new HTTP header "X-Original-To" may be
2820 added by HAProxy to all requests sent to the server. This header contains a
2821 value representing the original destination IP address. Since this must be
2822 configured to always use the last occurrence of this header only. Note that
2823 only the last occurrence of the header must be used, since it is really
2824 possible that the client has already brought one.
2825
2826 The keyword "header" may be used to supply a different header name to replace
2827 the default "X-Original-To". This can be useful where you might already
2828 have a "X-Original-To" header from a different application, and you need
2829 preserve it. Also if your backend server doesn't use the "X-Original-To"
2830 header and requires different one.
2831
2832 Sometimes, a same HAProxy instance may be shared between a direct client
2833 access and a reverse-proxy access (for instance when an SSL reverse-proxy is
2834 used to decrypt HTTPS traffic). It is possible to disable the addition of the
2835 header for a known source address or network by adding the "except" keyword
2836 followed by the network address. In this case, any source IP matching the
2837 network will not cause an addition of this header. Most common uses are with
2838 private networks or 127.0.0.1.
2839
2840 This option may be specified either in the frontend or in the backend. If at
2841 least one of them uses it, the header will be added. Note that the backend's
2842 setting of the header subargument takes precedence over the frontend's if
2843 both are defined.
2844
2845 It is important to note that as long as HAProxy does not support keep-alive
2846 connections, only the first request of a connection will receive the header.
2847 For this reason, it is important to ensure that "option httpclose" is set
2848 when using this option.
2849
2850 Examples :
2851 # Original Destination address
2852 frontend www
2853 mode http
2854 option originalto except 127.0.0.1
2855
2856 # Those servers want the IP Address in X-Client-Dst
2857 backend www
2858 mode http
2859 option originalto header X-Client-Dst
2860
2861 See also : "option httpclose"
2862
2863
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002864option persist
2865no option persist
2866 Enable or disable forced persistence on down servers
2867 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2868 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002869 Arguments : none
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002870
2871 When an HTTP request reaches a backend with a cookie which references a dead
2872 server, by default it is redispatched to another server. It is possible to
2873 force the request to be sent to the dead server first using "option persist"
2874 if absolutely needed. A common use case is when servers are under extreme
2875 load and spend their time flapping. In this case, the users would still be
2876 directed to the server they opened the session on, in the hope they would be
2877 correctly served. It is recommended to use "option redispatch" in conjunction
2878 with this option so that in the event it would not be possible to connect to
2879 the server at all (server definitely dead), the client would finally be
2880 redirected to another valid server.
2881
2882 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2883 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2884
2885 See also : "option redispatch", "retries"
2886
2887
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002888option redispatch
2889no option redispatch
2890 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
2891 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2892 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01002893 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002894
2895 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
2896 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
2897 be able to access the service anymore.
2898
2899 Specifying "option redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their
2900 persistence and redistribute them to a working server.
2901
2902 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
2903 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
2904 value.
2905
2906 This form is the preferred form, which replaces both the "redispatch" and
2907 "redisp" keywords.
2908
2909 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2910 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2911
2912 See also : "redispatch", "retries"
2913
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01002914
2915option smtpchk
2916option smtpchk <hello> <domain>
2917 Use SMTP health checks for server testing
2918 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2919 yes | no | yes | yes
2920 Arguments :
2921 <hello> is an optional argument. It is the "hello" command to use. It can
2922 be either "HELO" (for SMTP) or "EHLO" (for ESTMP). All other
2923 values will be turned into the default command ("HELO").
2924
2925 <domain> is the domain name to present to the server. It may only be
2926 specified (and is mandatory) if the hello command has been
2927 specified. By default, "localhost" is used.
2928
2929 When "option smtpchk" is set, the health checks will consist in TCP
2930 connections followed by an SMTP command. By default, this command is
2931 "HELO localhost". The server's return code is analyzed and only return codes
2932 starting with a "2" will be considered as valid. All other responses,
2933 including a lack of response will constitute an error and will indicate a
2934 dead server.
2935
2936 This test is meant to be used with SMTP servers or relays. Depending on the
2937 request, it is possible that some servers do not log each connection attempt,
2938 so you may want to experiment to improve the behaviour. Using telnet on port
2939 25 is often easier than adjusting the configuration.
2940
2941 Most often, an incoming SMTP server needs to see the client's IP address for
2942 various purposes, including spam filtering, anti-spoofing and logging. When
2943 possible, it is often wise to masquerade the client's IP address when
2944 connecting to the server using the "usesrc" argument of the "source" keyword,
2945 which requires the cttproxy feature to be compiled in.
2946
2947 Example :
2948 option smtpchk HELO mydomain.org
2949
2950 See also : "option httpchk", "source"
2951
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01002952
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02002953option socket-stats
2954no option socket-stats
2955
2956 Enable or disable collecting & providing separate statistics for each socket.
2957 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2958 yes | yes | yes | no
2959
2960 Arguments : none
2961
2962
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002963option splice-auto
2964no option splice-auto
2965 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets in both directions
2966 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
2967 yes | yes | yes | yes
2968 Arguments : none
2969
2970 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
2971 will automatically evaluate the opportunity to use kernel tcp splicing to
2972 forward data between the client and the server, in either direction. Haproxy
2973 uses heuristics to estimate if kernel splicing might improve performance or
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01002974 not. Both directions are handled independently. Note that the heuristics used
Willy Tarreauff4f82d2009-02-06 11:28:13 +01002975 are not much aggressive in order to limit excessive use of splicing. This
2976 option requires splicing to be enabled at compile time, and may be globally
2977 disabled with the global option "nosplice". Since splice uses pipes, using it
2978 requires that there are enough spare pipes.
2979
2980 Important note: kernel-based TCP splicing is a Linux-specific feature which
2981 first appeared in kernel 2.6.25. It offers kernel-based acceleration to
2982 transfer data between sockets without copying these data to user-space, thus
2983 providing noticeable performance gains and CPU cycles savings. Since many
2984 early implementations are buggy, corrupt data and/or are inefficient, this
2985 feature is not enabled by default, and it should be used with extreme care.
2986 While it is not possible to detect the correctness of an implementation,
2987 2.6.29 is the first version offering a properly working implementation. In
2988 case of doubt, splicing may be globally disabled using the global "nosplice"
2989 keyword.
2990
2991 Example :
2992 option splice-auto
2993
2994 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
2995 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
2996
2997 See also : "option splice-request", "option splice-response", and global
2998 options "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
2999
3000
3001option splice-request
3002no option splice-request
3003 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for requests
3004 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3005 yes | yes | yes | yes
3006 Arguments : none
3007
3008 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3009 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3010 the client to the server. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3011 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3012 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3013 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3014
3015 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3016
3017 Example :
3018 option splice-request
3019
3020 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3021 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3022
3023 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-response", and global options
3024 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3025
3026
3027option splice-response
3028no option splice-response
3029 Enable or disable automatic kernel acceleration on sockets for responses
3030 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3031 yes | yes | yes | yes
3032 Arguments : none
3033
3034 When this option is enabled either on a frontend or on a backend, haproxy
3035 will user kernel tcp splicing whenever possible to forward data going from
3036 the server to the client. It might still use the recv/send scheme if there
3037 are no spare pipes left. This option requires splicing to be enabled at
3038 compile time, and may be globally disabled with the global option "nosplice".
3039 Since splice uses pipes, using it requires that there are enough spare pipes.
3040
3041 Important note: see "option splice-auto" for usage limitations.
3042
3043 Example :
3044 option splice-response
3045
3046 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3047 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3048
3049 See also : "option splice-auto", "option splice-request", and global options
3050 "nosplice" and "maxpipes"
3051
3052
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003053option srvtcpka
3054no option srvtcpka
3055 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on the server side
3056 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3057 yes | no | yes | yes
3058 Arguments : none
3059
3060 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3061 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3062 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3063 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3064
3065 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3066 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3067 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3068 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3069
3070 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3071 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3072 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3073 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3074 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3075
3076 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3077
3078 Using option "srvtcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on the
3079 server side of a connection, which should help when session expirations are
3080 noticed between HAProxy and a server.
3081
3082 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3083 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3084
3085 See also : "option clitcpka", "option tcpka"
3086
3087
Willy Tarreaua453bdd2008-01-08 19:50:52 +01003088option ssl-hello-chk
3089 Use SSLv3 client hello health checks for server testing
3090 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3091 yes | no | yes | yes
3092 Arguments : none
3093
3094 When some SSL-based protocols are relayed in TCP mode through HAProxy, it is
3095 possible to test that the server correctly talks SSL instead of just testing
3096 that it accepts the TCP connection. When "option ssl-hello-chk" is set, pure
3097 SSLv3 client hello messages are sent once the connection is established to
3098 the server, and the response is analyzed to find an SSL server hello message.
3099 The server is considered valid only when the response contains this server
3100 hello message.
3101
3102 All servers tested till there correctly reply to SSLv3 client hello messages,
3103 and most servers tested do not even log the requests containing only hello
3104 messages, which is appreciable.
3105
3106 See also: "option httpchk"
3107
3108
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003109option tcp-smart-accept
3110no option tcp-smart-accept
3111 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the accept sequence
3112 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3113 yes | yes | yes | no
3114 Arguments : none
3115
3116 When an HTTP connection request comes in, the system acknowledges it on
3117 behalf of HAProxy, then the client immediately sends its request, and the
3118 system acknowledges it too while it is notifying HAProxy about the new
3119 connection. HAProxy then reads the request and responds. This means that we
3120 have one TCP ACK sent by the system for nothing, because the request could
3121 very well be acknowledged by HAProxy when it sends its response.
3122
3123 For this reason, in HTTP mode, HAProxy automatically asks the system to avoid
3124 sending this useless ACK on platforms which support it (currently at least
3125 Linux). It must not cause any problem, because the system will send it anyway
3126 after 40 ms if the response takes more time than expected to come.
3127
3128 During complex network debugging sessions, it may be desirable to disable
3129 this optimization because delayed ACKs can make troubleshooting more complex
3130 when trying to identify where packets are delayed. It is then possible to
3131 fall back to normal behaviour by specifying "no option tcp-smart-accept".
3132
3133 It is also possible to force it for non-HTTP proxies by simply specifying
3134 "option tcp-smart-accept". For instance, it can make sense with some services
3135 such as SMTP where the server speaks first.
3136
3137 It is recommended to avoid forcing this option in a defaults section. In case
3138 of doubt, consider setting it back to automatic values by prepending the
3139 "default" keyword before it, or disabling it using the "no" keyword.
3140
Willy Tarreaud88edf22009-06-14 15:48:17 +02003141 See also : "option tcp-smart-connect"
3142
3143
3144option tcp-smart-connect
3145no option tcp-smart-connect
3146 Enable or disable the saving of one ACK packet during the connect sequence
3147 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3148 yes | no | yes | yes
3149 Arguments : none
3150
3151 On certain systems (at least Linux), HAProxy can ask the kernel not to
3152 immediately send an empty ACK upon a connection request, but to directly
3153 send the buffer request instead. This saves one packet on the network and
3154 thus boosts performance. It can also be useful for some servers, because they
3155 immediately get the request along with the incoming connection.
3156
3157 This feature is enabled when "option tcp-smart-connect" is set in a backend.
3158 It is not enabled by default because it makes network troubleshooting more
3159 complex.
3160
3161 It only makes sense to enable it with protocols where the client speaks first
3162 such as HTTP. In other situations, if there is no data to send in place of
3163 the ACK, a normal ACK is sent.
3164
3165 If this option has been enabled in a "defaults" section, it can be disabled
3166 in a specific instance by prepending the "no" keyword before it.
3167
3168 See also : "option tcp-smart-accept"
3169
Willy Tarreau9ea05a72009-06-14 12:07:01 +02003170
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003171option tcpka
3172 Enable or disable the sending of TCP keepalive packets on both sides
3173 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3174 yes | yes | yes | yes
3175 Arguments : none
3176
3177 When there is a firewall or any session-aware component between a client and
3178 a server, and when the protocol involves very long sessions with long idle
3179 periods (eg: remote desktops), there is a risk that one of the intermediate
3180 components decides to expire a session which has remained idle for too long.
3181
3182 Enabling socket-level TCP keep-alives makes the system regularly send packets
3183 to the other end of the connection, leaving it active. The delay between
3184 keep-alive probes is controlled by the system only and depends both on the
3185 operating system and its tuning parameters.
3186
3187 It is important to understand that keep-alive packets are neither emitted nor
3188 received at the application level. It is only the network stacks which sees
3189 them. For this reason, even if one side of the proxy already uses keep-alives
3190 to maintain its connection alive, those keep-alive packets will not be
3191 forwarded to the other side of the proxy.
3192
3193 Please note that this has nothing to do with HTTP keep-alive.
3194
3195 Using option "tcpka" enables the emission of TCP keep-alive probes on both
3196 the client and server sides of a connection. Note that this is meaningful
3197 only in "defaults" or "listen" sections. If this option is used in a
3198 frontend, only the client side will get keep-alives, and if this option is
3199 used in a backend, only the server side will get keep-alives. For this
3200 reason, it is strongly recommended to explicitly use "option clitcpka" and
3201 "option srvtcpka" when the configuration is split between frontends and
3202 backends.
3203
3204 See also : "option clitcpka", "option srvtcpka"
3205
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003206
3207option tcplog
3208 Enable advanced logging of TCP connections with session state and timers
3209 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3210 yes | yes | yes | yes
3211 Arguments : none
3212
3213 By default, the log output format is very poor, as it only contains the
3214 source and destination addresses, and the instance name. By specifying
3215 "option tcplog", each log line turns into a much richer format including, but
3216 not limited to, the connection timers, the session status, the connections
3217 numbers, the frontend, backend and server name, and of course the source
3218 address and ports. This option is useful for pure TCP proxies in order to
3219 find which of the client or server disconnects or times out. For normal HTTP
3220 proxies, it's better to use "option httplog" which is even more complete.
3221
3222 This option may be set either in the frontend or the backend.
3223
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003224 See also : "option httplog", and section 8 about logging.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003225
3226
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003227option transparent
3228no option transparent
3229 Enable client-side transparent proxying
3230 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01003231 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003232 Arguments : none
3233
3234 This option was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer 3
3235 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
3236 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
3237 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
3238 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
3239 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
3240 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
3241 appropriate server.
3242
3243 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
3244 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
3245
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003246 See also: the "usersrc" argument of the "source" keyword, and the
3247 "transparent" option of the "bind" keyword.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003248
Willy Tarreaubf1f8162007-12-28 17:42:56 +01003249
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003250persist rdp-cookie
3251persist rdp-cookie(name)
3252 Enable RDP cookie-based persistence
3253 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3254 yes | no | yes | yes
3255 Arguments :
3256 <name> is the optional name of the RDP cookie to check. If omitted, the
3257 default cookie name "mstshash" will be used. There currently is
3258 no valid reason to change this name.
3259
3260 This statement enables persistence based on an RDP cookie. The RDP cookie
3261 contains all information required to find the server in the list of known
3262 servers. So when this option is set in the backend, the request is analysed
3263 and if an RDP cookie is found, it is decoded. If it matches a known server
3264 which is still UP (or if "option persist" is set), then the connection is
3265 forwarded to this server.
3266
3267 Note that this only makes sense in a TCP backend, but for this to work, the
3268 frontend must have waited long enough to ensure that an RDP cookie is present
3269 in the request buffer. This is the same requirement as with the "rdp-cookie"
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01003270 load-balancing method. Thus it is highly recommended to put all statements in
Emeric Brun647caf12009-06-30 17:57:00 +02003271 a single "listen" section.
3272
3273 Example :
3274 listen tse-farm
3275 bind :3389
3276 # wait up to 5s for an RDP cookie in the request
3277 tcp-request inspect-delay 5s
3278 tcp-request content accept if RDP_COOKIE
3279 # apply RDP cookie persistence
3280 persist rdp-cookie
3281 # if server is unknown, let's balance on the same cookie.
3282 # alternatively, "balance leastconn" may be useful too.
3283 balance rdp-cookie
3284 server srv1 1.1.1.1:3389
3285 server srv2 1.1.1.2:3389
3286
3287 See also : "balance rdp-cookie", "tcp-request" and the "req_rdp_cookie" ACL.
3288
3289
Willy Tarreau3a7d2072009-03-05 23:48:25 +01003290rate-limit sessions <rate>
3291 Set a limit on the number of new sessions accepted per second on a frontend
3292 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3293 yes | yes | yes | no
3294 Arguments :
3295 <rate> The <rate> parameter is an integer designating the maximum number
3296 of new sessions per second to accept on the frontend.
3297
3298 When the frontend reaches the specified number of new sessions per second, it
3299 stops accepting new connections until the rate drops below the limit again.
3300 During this time, the pending sessions will be kept in the socket's backlog
3301 (in system buffers) and haproxy will not even be aware that sessions are
3302 pending. When applying very low limit on a highly loaded service, it may make
3303 sense to increase the socket's backlog using the "backlog" keyword.
3304
3305 This feature is particularly efficient at blocking connection-based attacks
3306 or service abuse on fragile servers. Since the session rate is measured every
3307 millisecond, it is extremely accurate. Also, the limit applies immediately,
3308 no delay is needed at all to detect the threshold.
3309
3310 Example : limit the connection rate on SMTP to 10 per second max
3311 listen smtp
3312 mode tcp
3313 bind :25
3314 rate-limit sessions 10
3315 server 127.0.0.1:1025
3316
3317 Note : when the maximum rate is reached, the frontend's status appears as
3318 "FULL" in the statistics, exactly as when it is saturated.
3319
3320 See also : the "backlog" keyword and the "fe_sess_rate" ACL criterion.
3321
3322
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003323redirect location <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
3324redirect prefix <to> [code <code>] <option> [{if | unless} <condition>]
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003325 Return an HTTP redirection if/unless a condition is matched
3326 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3327 no | yes | yes | yes
3328
3329 If/unless the condition is matched, the HTTP request will lead to a redirect
Willy Tarreauf285f542010-01-03 20:03:03 +01003330 response. If no condition is specified, the redirect applies unconditionally.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003331
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003332 Arguments :
3333 <to> With "redirect location", the exact value in <to> is placed into
3334 the HTTP "Location" header. In case of "redirect prefix", the
3335 "Location" header is built from the concatenation of <to> and the
3336 complete URI, including the query string, unless the "drop-query"
Willy Tarreaufe651a52008-11-19 21:15:17 +01003337 option is specified (see below). As a special case, if <to>
3338 equals exactly "/" in prefix mode, then nothing is inserted
3339 before the original URI. It allows one to redirect to the same
3340 URL.
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003341
3342 <code> The code is optional. It indicates which type of HTTP redirection
3343 is desired. Only codes 301, 302 and 303 are supported, and 302 is
3344 used if no code is specified. 301 means "Moved permanently", and
3345 a browser may cache the Location. 302 means "Moved permanently"
3346 and means that the browser should not cache the redirection. 303
3347 is equivalent to 302 except that the browser will fetch the
3348 location with a GET method.
3349
3350 <option> There are several options which can be specified to adjust the
3351 expected behaviour of a redirection :
3352
3353 - "drop-query"
3354 When this keyword is used in a prefix-based redirection, then the
3355 location will be set without any possible query-string, which is useful
3356 for directing users to a non-secure page for instance. It has no effect
3357 with a location-type redirect.
3358
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003359 - "append-slash"
3360 This keyword may be used in conjunction with "drop-query" to redirect
3361 users who use a URL not ending with a '/' to the same one with the '/'.
3362 It can be useful to ensure that search engines will only see one URL.
3363 For this, a return code 301 is preferred.
3364
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003365 - "set-cookie NAME[=value]"
3366 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "=value")
3367 to the response. This is sometimes used to indicate that a user has
3368 been seen, for instance to protect against some types of DoS. No other
3369 cookie option is added, so the cookie will be a session cookie. Note
3370 that for a browser, a sole cookie name without an equal sign is
3371 different from a cookie with an equal sign.
3372
3373 - "clear-cookie NAME[=]"
3374 A "Set-Cookie" header will be added with NAME (and optionally "="), but
3375 with the "Max-Age" attribute set to zero. This will tell the browser to
3376 delete this cookie. It is useful for instance on logout pages. It is
3377 important to note that clearing the cookie "NAME" will not remove a
3378 cookie set with "NAME=value". You have to clear the cookie "NAME=" for
3379 that, because the browser makes the difference.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003380
3381 Example: move the login URL only to HTTPS.
3382 acl clear dst_port 80
3383 acl secure dst_port 8080
3384 acl login_page url_beg /login
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003385 acl logout url_beg /logout
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003386 acl uid_given url_reg /login?userid=[^&]+
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003387 acl cookie_set hdr_sub(cookie) SEEN=1
3388
3389 redirect prefix https://mysite.com set-cookie SEEN=1 if !cookie_set
Willy Tarreau79da4692008-11-19 20:03:04 +01003390 redirect prefix https://mysite.com if login_page !secure
3391 redirect prefix http://mysite.com drop-query if login_page !uid_given
3392 redirect location http://mysite.com/ if !login_page secure
Willy Tarreau0140f252008-11-19 21:07:09 +01003393 redirect location / clear-cookie USERID= if logout
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003394
Willy Tarreau81e3b4f2010-01-10 00:42:19 +01003395 Example: send redirects for request for articles without a '/'.
3396 acl missing_slash path_reg ^/article/[^/]*$
3397 redirect code 301 prefix / drop-query append-slash if missing_slash
3398
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003399 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreaub463dfb2008-06-07 23:08:56 +02003400
3401
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003402redisp (deprecated)
3403redispatch (deprecated)
3404 Enable or disable session redistribution in case of connection failure
3405 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3406 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003407 Arguments : none
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003408
3409 In HTTP mode, if a server designated by a cookie is down, clients may
3410 definitely stick to it because they cannot flush the cookie, so they will not
3411 be able to access the service anymore.
3412
3413 Specifying "redispatch" will allow the proxy to break their persistence and
3414 redistribute them to a working server.
3415
3416 It also allows to retry last connection to another server in case of multiple
3417 connection failures. Of course, it requires having "retries" set to a nonzero
3418 value.
3419
3420 This form is deprecated, do not use it in any new configuration, use the new
3421 "option redispatch" instead.
3422
3423 See also : "option redispatch"
3424
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003425
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003426reqadd <string>
3427 Add a header at the end of the HTTP request
3428 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3429 no | yes | yes | yes
3430 Arguments :
3431 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3432 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003433 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003434
3435 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3436 the last header of an HTTP request.
3437
3438 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3439 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3440 responses.
3441
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003442 See also: "rspadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003443
3444
3445reqallow <search>
3446reqiallow <search> (ignore case)
3447 Definitely allow an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3448 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3449 no | yes | yes | yes
3450 Arguments :
3451 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3452 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3453 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3454 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3455 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3456 "reqallow" keyword strictly matches case while "reqiallow"
3457 ignores case.
3458
3459 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3460 <search> will mark the request as allowed, even if any later test would
3461 result in a deny. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3462 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3463 header names are not.
3464
3465 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3466 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3467
3468 Example :
3469 # allow www.* but refuse *.local
3470 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3471 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3472
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003473 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003474 manipulation
3475
3476
3477reqdel <search>
3478reqidel <search> (ignore case)
3479 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP request
3480 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3481 no | yes | yes | yes
3482 Arguments :
3483 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3484 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3485 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3486 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3487 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqdel"
3488 keyword strictly matches case while "reqidel" ignores case.
3489
3490 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request
3491 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3492 and/or dangerous headers or cookies from a request before passing it to the
3493 next servers.
3494
3495 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3496 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3497 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3498
3499 Example :
3500 # remove X-Forwarded-For header and SERVER cookie
3501 reqidel ^X-Forwarded-For:.*
3502 reqidel ^Cookie:.*SERVER=
3503
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003504 See also: "reqadd", "reqrep", "rspdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003505 manipulation
3506
3507
3508reqdeny <search>
3509reqideny <search> (ignore case)
3510 Deny an HTTP request if a line matches a regular expression
3511 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3512 no | yes | yes | yes
3513 Arguments :
3514 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3515 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3516 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3517 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3518 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3519 "reqdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "reqideny" ignores
3520 case.
3521
3522 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3523 <search> will mark the request as denied, even if any later test would
3524 result in an allow. The test applies both to the request line and to request
3525 headers. Keep in mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while
3526 header names are not.
3527
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003528 A denied request will generate an "HTTP 403 forbidden" response once the
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003529 complete request has been parsed. This is consistent with what is practiced
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003530 using ACLs.
3531
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003532 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3533 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3534
3535 Example :
3536 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*
3537 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3538 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3539
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003540 See also: "reqallow", "rspdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003541 header manipulation
3542
3543
3544reqpass <search>
3545reqipass <search> (ignore case)
3546 Ignore any HTTP request line matching a regular expression in next rules
3547 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3548 no | yes | yes | yes
3549 Arguments :
3550 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3551 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3552 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3553 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3554 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3555 "reqpass" keyword strictly matches case while "reqipass" ignores
3556 case.
3557
3558 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3559 <search> will skip next rules, without assigning any deny or allow verdict.
3560 The test applies both to the request line and to request headers. Keep in
3561 mind that URLs in request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3562
3563 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3564 Reqdeny, reqallow and reqpass should be avoided in new designs.
3565
3566 Example :
3567 # refuse *.local, then allow www.*, but ignore "www.private.local"
3568 reqipass ^Host:\ www.private\.local
3569 reqideny ^Host:\ .*\.local
3570 reqiallow ^Host:\ www\.
3571
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003572 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003573 header manipulation
3574
3575
3576reqrep <search> <string>
3577reqirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3578 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP request line
3579 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3580 no | yes | yes | yes
3581 Arguments :
3582 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3583 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3584 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3585 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3586 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The "reqrep"
3587 keyword strictly matches case while "reqirep" ignores case.
3588
3589 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3590 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3591 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3592 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003593 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003594
3595 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the request (both
3596 the request line and header lines) will be completely replaced with <string>.
3597 Most common use of this is to rewrite URLs or domain names in "Host" headers.
3598
3599 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3600 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3601 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3602 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that URLs in
3603 request line are case-sensitive while header names are not.
3604
3605 Example :
3606 # replace "/static/" with "/" at the beginning of any request path.
3607 reqrep ^([^\ ]*)\ /static/(.*) \1\ /\2
3608 # replace "www.mydomain.com" with "www" in the host name.
3609 reqirep ^Host:\ www.mydomain.com Host:\ www
3610
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003611 See also: "reqadd", "reqdel", "rsprep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003612 manipulation
3613
3614
3615reqtarpit <search>
3616reqitarpit <search> (ignore case)
3617 Tarpit an HTTP request containing a line matching a regular expression
3618 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3619 no | yes | yes | yes
3620 Arguments :
3621 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3622 request line. This is an extended regular expression. Parenthesis
3623 grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash is required.
3624 Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using a backslash
3625 ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time. The
3626 "reqtarpit" keyword strictly matches case while "reqitarpit"
3627 ignores case.
3628
3629 A request containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3630 <search> will be tarpitted, which means that it will connect to nowhere, will
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003631 be kept open for a pre-defined time, then will return an HTTP error 500 so
3632 that the attacker does not suspect it has been tarpitted. The status 500 will
3633 be reported in the logs, but the completion flags will indicate "PT". The
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003634 delay is defined by "timeout tarpit", or "timeout connect" if the former is
3635 not set.
3636
3637 The goal of the tarpit is to slow down robots attacking servers with
3638 identifiable requests. Many robots limit their outgoing number of connections
3639 and stay connected waiting for a reply which can take several minutes to
3640 come. Depending on the environment and attack, it may be particularly
3641 efficient at reducing the load on the network and firewalls.
3642
3643 Example :
3644 # ignore user-agents reporting any flavour of "Mozilla" or "MSIE", but
3645 # block all others.
3646 reqipass ^User-Agent:\.*(Mozilla|MSIE)
3647 reqitarpit ^User-Agent:
3648
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003649 See also: "reqallow", "reqdeny", "reqpass", and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003650 manipulation
3651
3652
Willy Tarreaue5c5ce92008-06-20 17:27:19 +02003653retries <value>
3654 Set the number of retries to perform on a server after a connection failure
3655 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3656 yes | no | yes | yes
3657 Arguments :
3658 <value> is the number of times a connection attempt should be retried on
3659 a server when a connection either is refused or times out. The
3660 default value is 3.
3661
3662 It is important to understand that this value applies to the number of
3663 connection attempts, not full requests. When a connection has effectively
3664 been established to a server, there will be no more retry.
3665
3666 In order to avoid immediate reconnections to a server which is restarting,
3667 a turn-around timer of 1 second is applied before a retry occurs.
3668
3669 When "option redispatch" is set, the last retry may be performed on another
3670 server even if a cookie references a different server.
3671
3672 See also : "option redispatch"
3673
3674
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003675rspadd <string>
3676 Add a header at the end of the HTTP response
3677 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3678 no | yes | yes | yes
3679 Arguments :
3680 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3681 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003682 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003683
3684 A new line consisting in <string> followed by a line feed will be added after
3685 the last header of an HTTP response.
3686
3687 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3688 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3689 responses.
3690
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003691 See also: "reqadd" and section 6 about HTTP header manipulation
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003692
3693
3694rspdel <search>
3695rspidel <search> (ignore case)
3696 Delete all headers matching a regular expression in an HTTP response
3697 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3698 no | yes | yes | yes
3699 Arguments :
3700 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3701 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3702 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3703 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3704 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3705 The "rspdel" keyword strictly matches case while "rspidel"
3706 ignores case.
3707
3708 Any header line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response
3709 will be completely deleted. Most common use of this is to remove unwanted
3710 and/or sensible headers or cookies from a response before passing it to the
3711 client.
3712
3713 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3714 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3715 responses. Keep in mind that header names are not case-sensitive.
3716
3717 Example :
3718 # remove the Server header from responses
3719 reqidel ^Server:.*
3720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003721 See also: "rspadd", "rsprep", "reqdel" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003722 manipulation
3723
3724
3725rspdeny <search>
3726rspideny <search> (ignore case)
3727 Block an HTTP response if a line matches a regular expression
3728 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3729 no | yes | yes | yes
3730 Arguments :
3731 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3732 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3733 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3734 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3735 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3736 The "rspdeny" keyword strictly matches case while "rspideny"
3737 ignores case.
3738
3739 A response containing any line which matches extended regular expression
3740 <search> will mark the request as denied. The test applies both to the
3741 response line and to response headers. Keep in mind that header names are not
3742 case-sensitive.
3743
3744 Main use of this keyword is to prevent sensitive information leak and to
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01003745 block the response before it reaches the client. If a response is denied, it
3746 will be replaced with an HTTP 502 error so that the client never retrieves
3747 any sensitive data.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003748
3749 It is easier, faster and more powerful to use ACLs to write access policies.
3750 Rspdeny should be avoided in new designs.
3751
3752 Example :
3753 # Ensure that no content type matching ms-word will leak
3754 rspideny ^Content-type:\.*/ms-word
3755
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003756 See also: "reqdeny", "acl", "block" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003757 manipulation
3758
3759
3760rsprep <search> <string>
3761rspirep <search> <string> (ignore case)
3762 Replace a regular expression with a string in an HTTP response line
3763 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3764 no | yes | yes | yes
3765 Arguments :
3766 <search> is the regular expression applied to HTTP headers and to the
3767 response line. This is an extended regular expression, so
3768 parenthesis grouping is supported and no preliminary backslash
3769 is required. Any space or known delimiter must be escaped using
3770 a backslash ('\'). The pattern applies to a full line at a time.
3771 The "rsprep" keyword strictly matches case while "rspirep"
3772 ignores case.
3773
3774 <string> is the complete line to be added. Any space or known delimiter
3775 must be escaped using a backslash ('\'). References to matched
3776 pattern groups are possible using the common \N form, with N
3777 being a single digit between 0 and 9. Please refer to section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003778 6 about HTTP header manipulation for more information.
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003779
3780 Any line matching extended regular expression <search> in the response (both
3781 the response line and header lines) will be completely replaced with
3782 <string>. Most common use of this is to rewrite Location headers.
3783
3784 Header transformations only apply to traffic which passes through HAProxy,
3785 and not to traffic generated by HAProxy, such as health-checks or error
3786 responses. Note that for increased readability, it is suggested to add enough
3787 spaces between the request and the response. Keep in mind that header names
3788 are not case-sensitive.
3789
3790 Example :
3791 # replace "Location: 127.0.0.1:8080" with "Location: www.mydomain.com"
3792 rspirep ^Location:\ 127.0.0.1:8080 Location:\ www.mydomain.com
3793
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003794 See also: "rspadd", "rspdel", "reqrep" and section 6 about HTTP header
Willy Tarreau303c0352008-01-17 19:01:39 +01003795 manipulation
3796
3797
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003798server <name> <address>[:port] [param*]
3799 Declare a server in a backend
3800 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3801 no | no | yes | yes
3802 Arguments :
3803 <name> is the internal name assigned to this server. This name will
3804 appear in logs and alerts.
3805
3806 <address> is the IPv4 address of the server. Alternatively, a resolvable
3807 hostname is supported, but this name will be resolved during
3808 start-up.
3809
3810 <ports> is an optional port specification. If set, all connections will
3811 be sent to this port. If unset, the same port the client
3812 connected to will be used. The port may also be prefixed by a "+"
3813 or a "-". In this case, the server's port will be determined by
3814 adding this value to the client's port.
3815
3816 <param*> is a list of parameters for this server. The "server" keywords
3817 accepts an important number of options and has a complete section
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003818 dedicated to it. Please refer to section 5 for more details.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003819
3820 Examples :
3821 server first 10.1.1.1:1080 cookie first check inter 1000
3822 server second 10.1.1.2:1080 cookie second check inter 1000
3823
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01003824 See also: "default-server" and section 5 about server options
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003825
3826
3827source <addr>[:<port>] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003828source <addr>[:<port>] [interface <name>]
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003829 Set the source address for outgoing connections
3830 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3831 yes | no | yes | yes
3832 Arguments :
3833 <addr> is the IPv4 address HAProxy will bind to before connecting to a
3834 server. This address is also used as a source for health checks.
3835 The default value of 0.0.0.0 means that the system will select
3836 the most appropriate address to reach its destination.
3837
3838 <port> is an optional port. It is normally not needed but may be useful
3839 in some very specific contexts. The default value of zero means
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02003840 the system will select a free port. Note that port ranges are not
3841 supported in the backend. If you want to force port ranges, you
3842 have to specify them on each "server" line.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003843
3844 <addr2> is the IP address to present to the server when connections are
3845 forwarded in full transparent proxy mode. This is currently only
3846 supported on some patched Linux kernels. When this address is
3847 specified, clients connecting to the server will be presented
3848 with this address, while health checks will still use the address
3849 <addr>.
3850
3851 <port2> is the optional port to present to the server when connections
3852 are forwarded in full transparent proxy mode (see <addr2> above).
3853 The default value of zero means the system will select a free
3854 port.
3855
Willy Tarreaud53f96b2009-02-04 18:46:54 +01003856 <name> is an optional interface name to which to bind to for outgoing
3857 traffic. On systems supporting this features (currently, only
3858 Linux), this allows one to bind all traffic to the server to
3859 this interface even if it is not the one the system would select
3860 based on routing tables. This should be used with extreme care.
3861 Note that using this option requires root privileges.
3862
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003863 The "source" keyword is useful in complex environments where a specific
3864 address only is allowed to connect to the servers. It may be needed when a
3865 private address must be used through a public gateway for instance, and it is
3866 known that the system cannot determine the adequate source address by itself.
3867
3868 An extension which is available on certain patched Linux kernels may be used
3869 through the "usesrc" optional keyword. It makes it possible to connect to the
3870 servers with an IP address which does not belong to the system itself. This
3871 is called "full transparent proxy mode". For this to work, the destination
3872 servers have to route their traffic back to this address through the machine
3873 running HAProxy, and IP forwarding must generally be enabled on this machine.
3874
3875 In this "full transparent proxy" mode, it is possible to force a specific IP
3876 address to be presented to the servers. This is not much used in fact. A more
3877 common use is to tell HAProxy to present the client's IP address. For this,
3878 there are two methods :
3879
3880 - present the client's IP and port addresses. This is the most transparent
3881 mode, but it can cause problems when IP connection tracking is enabled on
3882 the machine, because a same connection may be seen twice with different
3883 states. However, this solution presents the huge advantage of not
3884 limiting the system to the 64k outgoing address+port couples, because all
3885 of the client ranges may be used.
3886
3887 - present only the client's IP address and select a spare port. This
3888 solution is still quite elegant but slightly less transparent (downstream
3889 firewalls logs will not match upstream's). It also presents the downside
3890 of limiting the number of concurrent connections to the usual 64k ports.
3891 However, since the upstream and downstream ports are different, local IP
3892 connection tracking on the machine will not be upset by the reuse of the
3893 same session.
3894
3895 Note that depending on the transparent proxy technology used, it may be
3896 required to force the source address. In fact, cttproxy version 2 requires an
3897 IP address in <addr> above, and does not support setting of "0.0.0.0" as the
3898 IP address because it creates NAT entries which much match the exact outgoing
3899 address. Tproxy version 4 and some other kernel patches which work in pure
3900 forwarding mode generally will not have this limitation.
3901
3902 This option sets the default source for all servers in the backend. It may
3903 also be specified in a "defaults" section. Finer source address specification
3904 is possible at the server level using the "source" server option. Refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003905 section 5 for more information.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003906
3907 Examples :
3908 backend private
3909 # Connect to the servers using our 192.168.1.200 source address
3910 source 192.168.1.200
3911
3912 backend transparent_ssl1
3913 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address
3914 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3915
3916 backend transparent_ssl2
3917 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address and port
3918 # not recommended if IP conntrack is present on the local machine.
3919 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc client
3920
3921 backend transparent_ssl3
3922 # Connect to the SSL farm from the client's source address. It
3923 # is more conntrack-friendly.
3924 source 192.168.1.200 usesrc clientip
3925
3926 backend transparent_smtp
3927 # Connect to the SMTP farm from the client's source address/port
3928 # with Tproxy version 4.
3929 source 0.0.0.0 usesrc clientip
3930
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02003931 See also : the "source" server option in section 5, the Tproxy patches for
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003932 the Linux kernel on www.balabit.com, the "bind" keyword.
3933
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki25b501a2008-01-06 16:36:16 +01003934
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003935srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
3936 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
3937 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3938 yes | no | yes | yes
3939 Arguments :
3940 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
3941 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
3942 as explained at the top of this document.
3943
3944 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
3945 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
3946 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
3947 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
3948 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
3949 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
3950 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
3951
3952 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
3953 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
3954 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
3955 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
3956 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01003957 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01003958 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
3959 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
3960
3961 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
3962 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
3963 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
3964 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
3965 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
3966 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
3967
3968 This parameter is provided for compatibility but is currently deprecated.
3969 Please use "timeout server" instead.
3970
3971 See also : "timeout server", "timeout client" and "clitimeout".
3972
3973
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01003974stats auth <user>:<passwd>
3975 Enable statistics with authentication and grant access to an account
3976 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
3977 yes | no | yes | yes
3978 Arguments :
3979 <user> is a user name to grant access to
3980
3981 <passwd> is the cleartext password associated to this user
3982
3983 This statement enables statistics with default settings, and restricts access
3984 to declared users only. It may be repeated as many times as necessary to
3985 allow as many users as desired. When a user tries to access the statistics
3986 without a valid account, a "401 Forbidden" response will be returned so that
3987 the browser asks the user to provide a valid user and password. The real
3988 which will be returned to the browser is configurable using "stats realm".
3989
3990 Since the authentication method is HTTP Basic Authentication, the passwords
3991 circulate in cleartext on the network. Thus, it was decided that the
3992 configuration file would also use cleartext passwords to remind the users
3993 that those ones should not be sensible and not shared with any other account.
3994
3995 It is also possible to reduce the scope of the proxies which appear in the
3996 report using "stats scope".
3997
3998 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
3999 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4000 unobvious parameters.
4001
4002 Example :
4003 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4004 backend public_www
4005 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4006 stats enable
4007 stats hide-version
4008 stats scope .
4009 stats uri /admin?stats
4010 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4011 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4012 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4013
4014 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4015 backend private_monitoring
4016 stats enable
4017 stats uri /admin?stats
4018 stats refresh 5s
4019
4020 See also : "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats scope", "stats uri"
4021
4022
4023stats enable
4024 Enable statistics reporting with default settings
4025 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4026 yes | no | yes | yes
4027 Arguments : none
4028
4029 This statement enables statistics reporting with default settings defined
4030 at build time. Unless stated otherwise, these settings are used :
4031 - stats uri : /haproxy?stats
4032 - stats realm : "HAProxy Statistics"
4033 - stats auth : no authentication
4034 - stats scope : no restriction
4035
4036 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4037 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4038 unobvious parameters.
4039
4040 Example :
4041 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4042 backend public_www
4043 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4044 stats enable
4045 stats hide-version
4046 stats scope .
4047 stats uri /admin?stats
4048 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4049 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4050 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4051
4052 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4053 backend private_monitoring
4054 stats enable
4055 stats uri /admin?stats
4056 stats refresh 5s
4057
4058 See also : "stats auth", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4059
4060
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004061stats show-node [ <name> ]
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004062 Enable reporting of a host name on the statistics page.
4063 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4064 yes | no | yes | yes
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004065 Arguments:
4066 <name> is an optional name to be reported. If unspecified, the
4067 node name from global section is automatically used instead.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004068
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004069 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4070 customers, where node or description might be different on a stats page
4071 provided for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004072
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004073 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4074 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4075 unobvious parameters.
4076
4077 Example:
4078 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4079 backend private_monitoring
4080 stats enable
4081 stats show-node Europe-1
4082 stats uri /admin?stats
4083 stats refresh 5s
4084
4085 See also: "show-desc", "stats enable", "stats uri", and "node" in global section.
4086
4087
4088stats show-desc [ <description> ]
4089 Enable reporting of a description on the statistics page.
4090 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4091 yes | no | yes | yes
4092
4093 <name> is an optional description to be reported. If unspecified, the
4094 description from global section is automatically used instead.
4095
4096 This statement is useful for users that offer shared services to their
4097 customers, where node or description should be different for each customer.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004098
4099 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4100 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4101 unobvious parameters.
4102
4103 Example :
4104 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4105 backend private_monitoring
4106 stats enable
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004107 stats show-desc Master node for Europe, Asia, Africa
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004108 stats uri /admin?stats
4109 stats refresh 5s
4110
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki48cb2ae2009-10-02 22:51:14 +02004111 See also: "show-node", "stats enable", "stats uri" and "description" in global section.
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004112
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki15514c22010-01-04 16:03:09 +01004113stats show-legends
4114 Enable reporting additional informations on the statistics page :
4115 - cap: capabilities (proxy)
4116 - mode: one of tcp, http or health (proxy)
4117 - id: SNMP ID (proxy, socket, server)
4118 - IP (socket, server)
4119 - cookie (backend, server)
4120
4121 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4122 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4123 unobvious parameters.
4124
4125 See also: "stats enable", "stats uri".
Willy Tarreau1d45b7c2009-08-16 10:29:18 +02004126
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004127stats realm <realm>
4128 Enable statistics and set authentication realm
4129 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4130 yes | no | yes | yes
4131 Arguments :
4132 <realm> is the name of the HTTP Basic Authentication realm reported to
4133 the browser. The browser uses it to display it in the pop-up
4134 inviting the user to enter a valid username and password.
4135
4136 The realm is read as a single word, so any spaces in it should be escaped
4137 using a backslash ('\').
4138
4139 This statement is useful only in conjunction with "stats auth" since it is
4140 only related to authentication.
4141
4142 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4143 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4144 unobvious parameters.
4145
4146 Example :
4147 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4148 backend public_www
4149 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4150 stats enable
4151 stats hide-version
4152 stats scope .
4153 stats uri /admin?stats
4154 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4155 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4156 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4157
4158 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4159 backend private_monitoring
4160 stats enable
4161 stats uri /admin?stats
4162 stats refresh 5s
4163
4164 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats uri"
4165
4166
4167stats refresh <delay>
4168 Enable statistics with automatic refresh
4169 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4170 yes | no | yes | yes
4171 Arguments :
4172 <delay> is the suggested refresh delay, specified in seconds, which will
4173 be returned to the browser consulting the report page. While the
4174 browser is free to apply any delay, it will generally respect it
4175 and refresh the page this every seconds. The refresh interval may
4176 be specified in any other non-default time unit, by suffixing the
4177 unit after the value, as explained at the top of this document.
4178
4179 This statement is useful on monitoring displays with a permanent page
4180 reporting the load balancer's activity. When set, the HTML report page will
4181 include a link "refresh"/"stop refresh" so that the user can select whether
4182 he wants automatic refresh of the page or not.
4183
4184 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4185 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4186 unobvious parameters.
4187
4188 Example :
4189 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4190 backend public_www
4191 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4192 stats enable
4193 stats hide-version
4194 stats scope .
4195 stats uri /admin?stats
4196 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4197 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4198 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4199
4200 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4201 backend private_monitoring
4202 stats enable
4203 stats uri /admin?stats
4204 stats refresh 5s
4205
4206 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4207
4208
4209stats scope { <name> | "." }
4210 Enable statistics and limit access scope
4211 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4212 yes | no | yes | yes
4213 Arguments :
4214 <name> is the name of a listen, frontend or backend section to be
4215 reported. The special name "." (a single dot) designates the
4216 section in which the statement appears.
4217
4218 When this statement is specified, only the sections enumerated with this
4219 statement will appear in the report. All other ones will be hidden. This
4220 statement may appear as many times as needed if multiple sections need to be
4221 reported. Please note that the name checking is performed as simple string
4222 comparisons, and that it is never checked that a give section name really
4223 exists.
4224
4225 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4226 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4227 unobvious parameters.
4228
4229 Example :
4230 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4231 backend public_www
4232 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4233 stats enable
4234 stats hide-version
4235 stats scope .
4236 stats uri /admin?stats
4237 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4238 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4239 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4240
4241 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4242 backend private_monitoring
4243 stats enable
4244 stats uri /admin?stats
4245 stats refresh 5s
4246
4247 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4248
4249
4250stats uri <prefix>
4251 Enable statistics and define the URI prefix to access them
4252 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4253 yes | no | yes | yes
4254 Arguments :
4255 <prefix> is the prefix of any URI which will be redirected to stats. This
4256 prefix may contain a question mark ('?') to indicate part of a
4257 query string.
4258
4259 The statistics URI is intercepted on the relayed traffic, so it appears as a
4260 page within the normal application. It is strongly advised to ensure that the
4261 selected URI will never appear in the application, otherwise it will never be
4262 possible to reach it in the application.
4263
4264 The default URI compiled in haproxy is "/haproxy?stats", but this may be
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004265 changed at build time, so it's better to always explicitly specify it here.
Willy Tarreaueabeafa2008-01-16 16:17:06 +01004266 It is generally a good idea to include a question mark in the URI so that
4267 intermediate proxies refrain from caching the results. Also, since any string
4268 beginning with the prefix will be accepted as a stats request, the question
4269 mark helps ensuring that no valid URI will begin with the same words.
4270
4271 It is sometimes very convenient to use "/" as the URI prefix, and put that
4272 statement in a "listen" instance of its own. That makes it easy to dedicate
4273 an address or a port to statistics only.
4274
4275 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4276 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4277 unobvious parameters.
4278
4279 Example :
4280 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4281 backend public_www
4282 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4283 stats enable
4284 stats hide-version
4285 stats scope .
4286 stats uri /admin?stats
4287 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4288 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4289 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4290
4291 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4292 backend private_monitoring
4293 stats enable
4294 stats uri /admin?stats
4295 stats refresh 5s
4296
4297 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm"
4298
4299
4300stats hide-version
4301 Enable statistics and hide HAProxy version reporting
4302 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4303 yes | no | yes | yes
4304 Arguments : none
4305
4306 By default, the stats page reports some useful status information along with
4307 the statistics. Among them is HAProxy's version. However, it is generally
4308 considered dangerous to report precise version to anyone, as it can help them
4309 target known weaknesses with specific attacks. The "stats hide-version"
4310 statement removes the version from the statistics report. This is recommended
4311 for public sites or any site with a weak login/password.
4312
4313 Though this statement alone is enough to enable statistics reporting, it is
4314 recommended to set all other settings in order to avoid relying on default
4315 unobvious parameters.
4316
4317 Example :
4318 # public access (limited to this backend only)
4319 backend public_www
4320 server srv1 192.168.0.1:80
4321 stats enable
4322 stats hide-version
4323 stats scope .
4324 stats uri /admin?stats
4325 stats realm Haproxy\ Statistics
4326 stats auth admin1:AdMiN123
4327 stats auth admin2:AdMiN321
4328
4329 # internal monitoring access (unlimited)
4330 backend private_monitoring
4331 stats enable
4332 stats uri /admin?stats
4333 stats refresh 5s
4334
4335 See also : "stats auth", "stats enable", "stats realm", "stats uri"
4336
4337
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004338tcp-request content accept [{if | unless} <condition>]
4339 Accept a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4340 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4341 no | yes | yes | no
4342
4343 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately validated if the
4344 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4345 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4346 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4347 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4348 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4349 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4350 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4351
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004352 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004353 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4354
4355 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action already is
4356 "accept". Thus, this statement alone does not bring anything without another
4357 "reject" statement.
4358
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004359 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004360
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004361 See also : "tcp-request content reject", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004362
4363
4364tcp-request content reject [{if | unless} <condition>]
4365 Reject a connection if/unless a content inspection condition is matched
4366 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4367 no | yes | yes | no
4368
4369 During TCP content inspection, the connection is immediately rejected if the
4370 condition is true (when used with "if") or false (when used with "unless").
4371 Most of the time during content inspection, a condition will be in an
4372 uncertain state which is neither true nor false. The evaluation immediately
4373 stops when such a condition is encountered. It is important to understand
4374 that "accept" and "reject" rules are evaluated in their exact declaration
4375 order, so that it is possible to build complex rules from them. There is no
4376 specific limit to the number of rules which may be inserted.
4377
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004378 Note that the "if/unless" condition is optional. If no condition is set on
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004379 the action, it is simply performed unconditionally.
4380
4381 If no "tcp-request content" rules are matched, the default action is set to
4382 "accept".
4383
4384 Example:
4385 # reject SMTP connection if client speaks first
4386 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4387 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4388 tcp-request reject if content_present
4389
4390 # Forward HTTPS connection only if client speaks
4391 tcp-request inspect-delay 30s
4392 acl content_present req_len gt 0
4393 tcp-request accept if content_present
4394 tcp-request reject
4395
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004396 See section 7 about ACL usage.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004397
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004398 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request inspect-delay"
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004399
4400
4401tcp-request inspect-delay <timeout>
4402 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for data during content inspection
4403 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4404 no | yes | yes | no
4405 Arguments :
4406 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4407 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4408 as explained at the top of this document.
4409
4410 People using haproxy primarily as a TCP relay are often worried about the
4411 risk of passing any type of protocol to a server without any analysis. In
4412 order to be able to analyze the request contents, we must first withhold
4413 the data then analyze them. This statement simply enables withholding of
4414 data for at most the specified amount of time.
4415
4416 Note that when performing content inspection, haproxy will evaluate the whole
4417 rules for every new chunk which gets in, taking into account the fact that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004418 those data are partial. If no rule matches before the aforementioned delay,
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004419 a last check is performed upon expiration, this time considering that the
Willy Tarreaud869b242009-03-15 14:43:58 +01004420 contents are definitive. If no delay is set, haproxy will not wait at all
4421 and will immediately apply a verdict based on the available information.
4422 Obviously this is unlikely to be very useful and might even be racy, so such
4423 setups are not recommended.
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004424
4425 As soon as a rule matches, the request is released and continues as usual. If
4426 the timeout is reached and no rule matches, the default policy will be to let
4427 it pass through unaffected.
4428
4429 For most protocols, it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients
4430 send the full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to
4431 cover TCP retransmits but that's all. For some protocols, it may make sense
4432 to use large values, for instance to ensure that the client never talks
4433 before the server (eg: SMTP), or to wait for a client to talk before passing
4434 data to the server (eg: SSL). Note that the client timeout must cover at
4435 least the inspection delay, otherwise it will expire first.
4436
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02004437 See also : "tcp-request content accept", "tcp-request content reject",
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02004438 "timeout client".
4439
4440
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004441timeout check <timeout>
4442 Set additional check timeout, but only after a connection has been already
4443 established.
4444
4445 May be used in sections: defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4446 yes | no | yes | yes
4447 Arguments:
4448 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4449 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4450 as explained at the top of this document.
4451
4452 If set, haproxy uses min("timeout connect", "inter") as a connect timeout
4453 for check and "timeout check" as an additional read timeout. The "min" is
4454 used so that people running with *very* long "timeout connect" (eg. those
4455 who needed this due to the queue or tarpit) do not slow down their checks.
4456 Of course it is better to use "check queue" and "check tarpit" instead of
4457 long "timeout connect".
4458
4459 If "timeout check" is not set haproxy uses "inter" for complete check
4460 timeout (connect + read) exactly like all <1.3.15 version.
4461
4462 In most cases check request is much simpler and faster to handle than normal
4463 requests and people may want to kick out laggy servers so this timeout should
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004464 be smaller than "timeout server".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004465
4466 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4467 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4468 forget about it.
4469
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004470 See also: "timeout connect", "timeout queue", "timeout server",
4471 "timeout tarpit".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004472
4473
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004474timeout client <timeout>
4475timeout clitimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4476 Set the maximum inactivity time on the client side.
4477 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4478 yes | yes | yes | no
4479 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004480 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004481 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4482 as explained at the top of this document.
4483
4484 The inactivity timeout applies when the client is expected to acknowledge or
4485 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4486 during the first phase, when the client sends the request, and during the
4487 response while it is reading data sent by the server. The value is specified
4488 in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other unit if the number is
4489 suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this document. In TCP mode
4490 (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly recommended that the
4491 client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in order to avoid complex
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004492 situations to debug. It is a good practice to cover one or several TCP packet
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004493 losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3 seconds
4494 (eg: 4 or 5 seconds).
4495
4496 This parameter is specific to frontends, but can be specified once for all in
4497 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4498 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4499 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4500 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4501 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4502
4503 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "clitimeout". It is recommended
4504 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout clitimeout" is
4505 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4506
4507 See also : "clitimeout", "timeout server".
4508
4509
4510timeout connect <timeout>
4511timeout contimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4512 Set the maximum time to wait for a connection attempt to a server to succeed.
4513 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4514 yes | no | yes | yes
4515 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004516 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004517 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4518 as explained at the top of this document.
4519
4520 If the server is located on the same LAN as haproxy, the connection should be
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004521 immediate (less than a few milliseconds). Anyway, it is a good practice to
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004522 cover one or several TCP packet losses by specifying timeouts that are
4523 slightly above multiples of 3 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds). By default, the
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki5259dfe2008-01-21 01:54:06 +01004524 connect timeout also presets both queue and tarpit timeouts to the same value
4525 if these have not been specified.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004526
4527 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4528 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4529 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4530 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4531 during startup because it may results in accumulation of failed sessions in
4532 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4533
4534 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "contimeout". It is recommended
4535 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout contimeout" is
4536 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4537
Willy Tarreau41a340d2008-01-22 12:25:31 +01004538 See also: "timeout check", "timeout queue", "timeout server", "contimeout",
4539 "timeout tarpit".
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004540
4541
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004542timeout http-keep-alive <timeout>
4543 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear
4544 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4545 yes | yes | yes | yes
4546 Arguments :
4547 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4548 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4549 as explained at the top of this document.
4550
4551 By default, the time to wait for a new request in case of keep-alive is set
4552 by "timeout http-request". However this is not always convenient because some
4553 people want very short keep-alive timeouts in order to release connections
4554 faster, and others prefer to have larger ones but still have short timeouts
4555 once the request has started to present itself.
4556
4557 The "http-keep-alive" timeout covers these needs. It will define how long to
4558 wait for a new HTTP request to start coming after a response was sent. Once
4559 the first byte of request has been seen, the "http-request" timeout is used
4560 to wait for the complete request to come. Note that empty lines prior to a
4561 new request do not refresh the timeout and are not counted as a new request.
4562
4563 There is also another difference between the two timeouts : when a connection
4564 expires during timeout http-keep-alive, no error is returned, the connection
4565 just closes. If the connection expires in "http-request" while waiting for a
4566 connection to complete, a HTTP 408 error is returned.
4567
4568 In general it is optimal to set this value to a few tens to hundreds of
4569 milliseconds, to allow users to fetch all objects of a page at once but
4570 without waiting for further clicks. Also, if set to a very small value (eg:
4571 1 millisecond) it will probably only accept pipelined requests but not the
4572 non-pipelined ones. It may be a nice trade-off for very large sites running
4573 with tends to hundreds of thousands of clients.
4574
4575 If this parameter is not set, the "http-request" timeout applies, and if both
4576 are not set, "timeout client" still applies at the lower level. It should be
4577 set in the frontend to take effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in
4578 which case the HTTP backend's timeout will be used.
4579
4580 See also : "timeout http-request", "timeout client".
4581
4582
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004583timeout http-request <timeout>
4584 Set the maximum allowed time to wait for a complete HTTP request
4585 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004586 yes | yes | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004587 Arguments :
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004588 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004589 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4590 as explained at the top of this document.
4591
4592 In order to offer DoS protection, it may be required to lower the maximum
4593 accepted time to receive a complete HTTP request without affecting the client
4594 timeout. This helps protecting against established connections on which
4595 nothing is sent. The client timeout cannot offer a good protection against
4596 this abuse because it is an inactivity timeout, which means that if the
4597 attacker sends one character every now and then, the timeout will not
4598 trigger. With the HTTP request timeout, no matter what speed the client
4599 types, the request will be aborted if it does not complete in time.
4600
4601 Note that this timeout only applies to the header part of the request, and
4602 not to any data. As soon as the empty line is received, this timeout is not
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004603 used anymore. It is used again on keep-alive connections to wait for a second
4604 request if "timeout http-keep-alive" is not set.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004605
4606 Generally it is enough to set it to a few seconds, as most clients send the
4607 full request immediately upon connection. Add 3 or more seconds to cover TCP
4608 retransmits but that's all. Setting it to very low values (eg: 50 ms) will
4609 generally work on local networks as long as there are no packet losses. This
4610 will prevent people from sending bare HTTP requests using telnet.
4611
4612 If this parameter is not set, the client timeout still applies between each
Willy Tarreaucd7afc02009-07-12 10:03:17 +02004613 chunk of the incoming request. It should be set in the frontend to take
4614 effect, unless the frontend is in TCP mode, in which case the HTTP backend's
4615 timeout will be used.
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004616
Willy Tarreaub16a5742010-01-10 14:46:16 +01004617 See also : "timeout http-keep-alive", "timeout client".
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004618
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004619
4620timeout queue <timeout>
4621 Set the maximum time to wait in the queue for a connection slot to be free
4622 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4623 yes | no | yes | yes
4624 Arguments :
4625 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4626 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4627 as explained at the top of this document.
4628
4629 When a server's maxconn is reached, connections are left pending in a queue
4630 which may be server-specific or global to the backend. In order not to wait
4631 indefinitely, a timeout is applied to requests pending in the queue. If the
4632 timeout is reached, it is considered that the request will almost never be
4633 served, so it is dropped and a 503 error is returned to the client.
4634
4635 The "timeout queue" statement allows to fix the maximum time for a request to
4636 be left pending in a queue. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's
4637 connection timeout ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility
4638 with older versions with no "timeout queue" parameter.
4639
4640 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4641
4642
4643timeout server <timeout>
4644timeout srvtimeout <timeout> (deprecated)
4645 Set the maximum inactivity time on the server side.
4646 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4647 yes | no | yes | yes
4648 Arguments :
4649 <timeout> is the timeout value specified in milliseconds by default, but
4650 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4651 as explained at the top of this document.
4652
4653 The inactivity timeout applies when the server is expected to acknowledge or
4654 send data. In HTTP mode, this timeout is particularly important to consider
4655 during the first phase of the server's response, when it has to send the
4656 headers, as it directly represents the server's processing time for the
4657 request. To find out what value to put there, it's often good to start with
4658 what would be considered as unacceptable response times, then check the logs
4659 to observe the response time distribution, and adjust the value accordingly.
4660
4661 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4662 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4663 document. In TCP mode (and to a lesser extent, in HTTP mode), it is highly
4664 recommended that the client timeout remains equal to the server timeout in
4665 order to avoid complex situations to debug. Whatever the expected server
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01004666 response times, it is a good practice to cover at least one or several TCP
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004667 packet losses by specifying timeouts that are slightly above multiples of 3
4668 seconds (eg: 4 or 5 seconds minimum).
4669
4670 This parameter is specific to backends, but can be specified once for all in
4671 "defaults" sections. This is in fact one of the easiest solutions not to
4672 forget about it. An unspecified timeout results in an infinite timeout, which
4673 is not recommended. Such a usage is accepted and works but reports a warning
4674 during startup because it may results in accumulation of expired sessions in
4675 the system if the system's timeouts are not configured either.
4676
4677 This parameter replaces the old, deprecated "srvtimeout". It is recommended
4678 to use it to write new configurations. The form "timeout srvtimeout" is
4679 provided only by backwards compatibility but its use is strongly discouraged.
4680
4681 See also : "srvtimeout", "timeout client".
4682
4683
4684timeout tarpit <timeout>
4685 Set the duration for which tapitted connections will be maintained
4686 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4687 yes | yes | yes | yes
4688 Arguments :
4689 <timeout> is the tarpit duration specified in milliseconds by default, but
4690 can be in any other unit if the number is suffixed by the unit,
4691 as explained at the top of this document.
4692
4693 When a connection is tarpitted using "reqtarpit", it is maintained open with
4694 no activity for a certain amount of time, then closed. "timeout tarpit"
4695 defines how long it will be maintained open.
4696
4697 The value is specified in milliseconds by default, but can be in any other
4698 unit if the number is suffixed by the unit, as specified at the top of this
4699 document. If unspecified, the same value as the backend's connection timeout
4700 ("timeout connect") is used, for backwards compatibility with older versions
4701 with no "timeout tapit" parameter.
4702
4703 See also : "timeout connect", "contimeout".
4704
4705
4706transparent (deprecated)
4707 Enable client-side transparent proxying
4708 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
Willy Tarreau4b1f8592008-12-23 23:13:55 +01004709 yes | no | yes | yes
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004710 Arguments : none
4711
4712 This keyword was introduced in order to provide layer 7 persistence to layer
4713 3 load balancers. The idea is to use the OS's ability to redirect an incoming
4714 connection for a remote address to a local process (here HAProxy), and let
4715 this process know what address was initially requested. When this option is
4716 used, sessions without cookies will be forwarded to the original destination
4717 IP address of the incoming request (which should match that of another
4718 equipment), while requests with cookies will still be forwarded to the
4719 appropriate server.
4720
4721 The "transparent" keyword is deprecated, use "option transparent" instead.
4722
4723 Note that contrary to a common belief, this option does NOT make HAProxy
4724 present the client's IP to the server when establishing the connection.
4725
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004726 See also: "option transparent"
4727
4728
4729use_backend <backend> if <condition>
4730use_backend <backend> unless <condition>
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004731 Switch to a specific backend if/unless an ACL-based condition is matched.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004732 May be used in sections : defaults | frontend | listen | backend
4733 no | yes | yes | no
4734 Arguments :
4735 <backend> is the name of a valid backend or "listen" section.
4736
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004737 <condition> is a condition composed of ACLs, as described in section 7.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004738
4739 When doing content-switching, connections arrive on a frontend and are then
4740 dispatched to various backends depending on a number of conditions. The
4741 relation between the conditions and the backends is described with the
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004742 "use_backend" keyword. While it is normally used with HTTP processing, it can
4743 also be used in pure TCP, either without content using stateless ACLs (eg:
4744 source address validation) or combined with a "tcp-request" rule to wait for
4745 some payload.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004746
4747 There may be as many "use_backend" rules as desired. All of these rules are
4748 evaluated in their declaration order, and the first one which matches will
4749 assign the backend.
4750
4751 In the first form, the backend will be used if the condition is met. In the
4752 second form, the backend will be used if the condition is not met. If no
4753 condition is valid, the backend defined with "default_backend" will be used.
4754 If no default backend is defined, either the servers in the same section are
4755 used (in case of a "listen" section) or, in case of a frontend, no server is
4756 used and a 503 service unavailable response is returned.
4757
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004758 Note that it is possible to switch from a TCP frontend to an HTTP backend. In
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004759 this case, either the frontend has already checked that the protocol is HTTP,
Willy Tarreau51aecc72009-07-12 09:47:04 +02004760 and backend processing will immediately follow, or the backend will wait for
4761 a complete HTTP request to get in. This feature is useful when a frontend
4762 must decode several protocols on a unique port, one of them being HTTP.
4763
Willy Tarreau1d0dfb12009-07-07 15:10:31 +02004764 See also: "default_backend", "tcp-request", and section 7 about ACLs.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01004765
Willy Tarreau036fae02008-01-06 13:24:40 +01004766
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +010047675. Server and default-server options
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004768-----------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004769
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004770The "server" and "default-server" keywords support a certain number of settings
4771which are all passed as arguments on the server line. The order in which those
4772arguments appear does not count, and they are all optional. Some of those
4773settings are single words (booleans) while others expect one or several values
4774after them. In this case, the values must immediately follow the setting name.
4775Except default-server, all those settings must be specified after the server's
4776address if they are used:
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004777
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004778 server <name> <address>[:port] [settings ...]
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic6df0662010-01-05 16:38:49 +01004779 default-server [settings ...]
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004780
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004781The currently supported settings are the following ones.
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01004782
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004783addr <ipv4>
4784 Using the "addr" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different IP address
4785 to send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate an IP
4786 address to specific component able to perform complex tests which are more
4787 suitable to health-checks than the application. This parameter is ignored if
4788 the "check" parameter is not set. See also the "port" parameter.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004789
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004790 Supported in default-server: No
4791
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004792backup
4793 When "backup" is present on a server line, the server is only used in load
4794 balancing when all other non-backup servers are unavailable. Requests coming
4795 with a persistence cookie referencing the server will always be served
4796 though. By default, only the first operational backup server is used, unless
4797 the "allbackups" option is set in the backend. See also the "allbackups"
4798 option.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02004799
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004800 Supported in default-server: No
4801
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004802check
4803 This option enables health checks on the server. By default, a server is
4804 always considered available. If "check" is set, the server will receive
4805 periodic health checks to ensure that it is really able to serve requests.
4806 The default address and port to send the tests to are those of the server,
4807 and the default source is the same as the one defined in the backend. It is
4808 possible to change the address using the "addr" parameter, the port using the
4809 "port" parameter, the source address using the "source" address, and the
4810 interval and timers using the "inter", "rise" and "fall" parameters. The
4811 request method is define in the backend using the "httpchk", "smtpchk",
4812 and "ssl-hello-chk" options. Please refer to those options and parameters for
4813 more information.
4814
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004815 Supported in default-server: No
4816
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004817cookie <value>
4818 The "cookie" parameter sets the cookie value assigned to the server to
4819 <value>. This value will be checked in incoming requests, and the first
4820 operational server possessing the same value will be selected. In return, in
4821 cookie insertion or rewrite modes, this value will be assigned to the cookie
4822 sent to the client. There is nothing wrong in having several servers sharing
4823 the same cookie value, and it is in fact somewhat common between normal and
4824 backup servers. See also the "cookie" keyword in backend section.
4825
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004826 Supported in default-server: No
4827
4828error-limit <count>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004829 If health observing is enabled, the "error-limit" parameter specifies the number
4830 of consecutive errors that triggers event selected by the "on-error" option.
4831 By default it is set to 10 consecutive errors.
4832
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004833 Supported in default-server: Yes
4834
4835 See also the "check", "error-limit" and "on-error".
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004836
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004837fall <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004838 The "fall" parameter states that a server will be considered as dead after
4839 <count> consecutive unsuccessful health checks. This value defaults to 3 if
4840 unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "rise" parameters.
4841
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004842 Supported in default-server: Yes
4843
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004844id <value>
Willy Tarreau53fb4ae2009-10-04 23:04:08 +02004845 Set a persistent ID for the server. This ID must be positive and unique for
4846 the proxy. An unused ID will automatically be assigned if unset. The first
4847 assigned value will be 1. This ID is currently only returned in statistics.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004848
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004849 Supported in default-server: No
4850
4851inter <delay>
4852fastinter <delay>
4853downinter <delay>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004854 The "inter" parameter sets the interval between two consecutive health checks
4855 to <delay> milliseconds. If left unspecified, the delay defaults to 2000 ms.
4856 It is also possible to use "fastinter" and "downinter" to optimize delays
4857 between checks depending on the server state :
4858
4859 Server state | Interval used
4860 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4861 UP 100% (non-transitional) | "inter"
4862 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4863 Transitionally UP (going down), |
4864 Transitionally DOWN (going up), | "fastinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4865 or yet unchecked. |
4866 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4867 DOWN 100% (non-transitional) | "downinter" if set, "inter" otherwise.
4868 ---------------------------------+-----------------------------------------
4869
4870 Just as with every other time-based parameter, they can be entered in any
4871 other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The "inter" parameter also
4872 serves as a timeout for health checks sent to servers if "timeout check" is
4873 not set. In order to reduce "resonance" effects when multiple servers are
4874 hosted on the same hardware, the health-checks of all servers are started
4875 with a small time offset between them. It is also possible to add some random
4876 noise in the health checks interval using the global "spread-checks"
4877 keyword. This makes sense for instance when a lot of backends use the same
4878 servers.
4879
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004880 Supported in default-server: Yes
4881
4882maxconn <maxconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004883 The "maxconn" parameter specifies the maximal number of concurrent
4884 connections that will be sent to this server. If the number of incoming
4885 concurrent requests goes higher than this value, they will be queued, waiting
4886 for a connection to be released. This parameter is very important as it can
4887 save fragile servers from going down under extreme loads. If a "minconn"
4888 parameter is specified, the limit becomes dynamic. The default value is "0"
4889 which means unlimited. See also the "minconn" and "maxqueue" parameters, and
4890 the backend's "fullconn" keyword.
4891
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004892 Supported in default-server: Yes
4893
4894maxqueue <maxqueue>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004895 The "maxqueue" parameter specifies the maximal number of connections which
4896 will wait in the queue for this server. If this limit is reached, next
4897 requests will be redispatched to other servers instead of indefinitely
4898 waiting to be served. This will break persistence but may allow people to
4899 quickly re-log in when the server they try to connect to is dying. The
4900 default value is "0" which means the queue is unlimited. See also the
4901 "maxconn" and "minconn" parameters.
4902
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004903 Supported in default-server: Yes
4904
4905minconn <minconn>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004906 When the "minconn" parameter is set, the maxconn limit becomes a dynamic
4907 limit following the backend's load. The server will always accept at least
4908 <minconn> connections, never more than <maxconn>, and the limit will be on
4909 the ramp between both values when the backend has less than <fullconn>
4910 concurrent connections. This makes it possible to limit the load on the
4911 server during normal loads, but push it further for important loads without
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004912 overloading the server during exceptional loads. See also the "maxconn"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004913 and "maxqueue" parameters, as well as the "fullconn" backend keyword.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004914
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004915 Supported in default-server: Yes
4916
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004917observe <mode>
4918 This option enables health adjusting based on observing communication with
4919 the server. By default this functionality is disabled and enabling it also
4920 requires to enable health checks. There are two supported modes: "layer4" and
4921 "layer7". In layer4 mode, only successful/unsuccessful tcp connections are
4922 significant. In layer7, which is only allowed for http proxies, responses
4923 received from server are verified, like valid/wrong http code, unparsable
4924 headers, a timeout, etc.
4925
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004926 Supported in default-server: No
4927
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004928 See also the "check", "on-error" and "error-limit".
4929
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004930on-error <mode>
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004931 Select what should happen when enough consecutive errors are detected.
4932 Currently, four modes are available:
4933 - fastinter: force fastinter
4934 - fail-check: simulate a failed check, also forces fastinter (default)
4935 - sudden-death: simulate a pre-fatal failed health check, one more failed
4936 check will mark a server down, forces fastinter
4937 - mark-down: mark the server immediately down and force fastinter
4938
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004939 Supported in default-server: Yes
4940
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki97f07b82009-12-15 22:31:24 +01004941 See also the "check", "observe" and "error-limit".
4942
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004943port <port>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004944 Using the "port" parameter, it becomes possible to use a different port to
4945 send health-checks. On some servers, it may be desirable to dedicate a port
4946 to a specific component able to perform complex tests which are more suitable
4947 to health-checks than the application. It is common to run a simple script in
4948 inetd for instance. This parameter is ignored if the "check" parameter is not
4949 set. See also the "addr" parameter.
4950
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004951 Supported in default-server: Yes
4952
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004953redir <prefix>
4954 The "redir" parameter enables the redirection mode for all GET and HEAD
4955 requests addressing this server. This means that instead of having HAProxy
4956 forward the request to the server, it will send an "HTTP 302" response with
4957 the "Location" header composed of this prefix immediately followed by the
4958 requested URI beginning at the leading '/' of the path component. That means
4959 that no trailing slash should be used after <prefix>. All invalid requests
4960 will be rejected, and all non-GET or HEAD requests will be normally served by
4961 the server. Note that since the response is completely forged, no header
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01004962 mangling nor cookie insertion is possible in the response. However, cookies in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004963 requests are still analysed, making this solution completely usable to direct
4964 users to a remote location in case of local disaster. Main use consists in
4965 increasing bandwidth for static servers by having the clients directly
4966 connect to them. Note: never use a relative location here, it would cause a
4967 loop between the client and HAProxy!
4968
4969 Example : server srv1 192.168.1.1:80 redir http://image1.mydomain.com check
4970
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004971 Supported in default-server: No
4972
4973rise <count>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004974 The "rise" parameter states that a server will be considered as operational
4975 after <count> consecutive successful health checks. This value defaults to 2
4976 if unspecified. See also the "check", "inter" and "fall" parameters.
4977
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01004978 Supported in default-server: Yes
4979
4980slowstart <start_time_in_ms>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02004981 The "slowstart" parameter for a server accepts a value in milliseconds which
4982 indicates after how long a server which has just come back up will run at
4983 full speed. Just as with every other time-based parameter, it can be entered
4984 in any other explicit unit among { us, ms, s, m, h, d }. The speed grows
4985 linearly from 0 to 100% during this time. The limitation applies to two
4986 parameters :
4987
4988 - maxconn: the number of connections accepted by the server will grow from 1
4989 to 100% of the usual dynamic limit defined by (minconn,maxconn,fullconn).
4990
4991 - weight: when the backend uses a dynamic weighted algorithm, the weight
4992 grows linearly from 1 to 100%. In this case, the weight is updated at every
4993 health-check. For this reason, it is important that the "inter" parameter
4994 is smaller than the "slowstart", in order to maximize the number of steps.
4995
4996 The slowstart never applies when haproxy starts, otherwise it would cause
4997 trouble to running servers. It only applies when a server has been previously
4998 seen as failed.
4999
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005000 Supported in default-server: Yes
5001
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005002source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [usesrc { <addr2>[:<port2>] | client | clientip } ]
5003source <addr>[:<pl>[-<ph>]] [interface <name>] ...
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005004 The "source" parameter sets the source address which will be used when
5005 connecting to the server. It follows the exact same parameters and principle
5006 as the backend "source" keyword, except that it only applies to the server
5007 referencing it. Please consult the "source" keyword for details.
5008
Willy Tarreauc6f4ce82009-06-10 11:09:37 +02005009 Additionally, the "source" statement on a server line allows one to specify a
5010 source port range by indicating the lower and higher bounds delimited by a
5011 dash ('-'). Some operating systems might require a valid IP address when a
5012 source port range is specified. It is permitted to have the same IP/range for
5013 several servers. Doing so makes it possible to bypass the maximum of 64k
5014 total concurrent connections. The limit will then reach 64k connections per
5015 server.
5016
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005017 Supported in default-server: No
5018
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005019track [<proxy>/]<server>
5020 This option enables ability to set the current state of the server by
5021 tracking another one. Only a server with checks enabled can be tracked
5022 so it is not possible for example to track a server that tracks another
5023 one. If <proxy> is omitted the current one is used. If disable-on-404 is
5024 used, it has to be enabled on both proxies.
5025
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005026 Supported in default-server: No
5027
5028weight <weight>
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005029 The "weight" parameter is used to adjust the server's weight relative to
5030 other servers. All servers will receive a load proportional to their weight
5031 relative to the sum of all weights, so the higher the weight, the higher the
Willy Tarreau6704d672009-06-15 10:56:05 +02005032 load. The default weight is 1, and the maximal value is 256. A value of 0
5033 means the server will not participate in load-balancing but will still accept
5034 persistent connections. If this parameter is used to distribute the load
5035 according to server's capacity, it is recommended to start with values which
5036 can both grow and shrink, for instance between 10 and 100 to leave enough
5037 room above and below for later adjustments.
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005038
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic53601c2010-01-06 10:50:42 +01005039 Supported in default-server: Yes
5040
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005041
50426. HTTP header manipulation
5043---------------------------
5044
5045In HTTP mode, it is possible to rewrite, add or delete some of the request and
5046response headers based on regular expressions. It is also possible to block a
5047request or a response if a particular header matches a regular expression,
5048which is enough to stop most elementary protocol attacks, and to protect
5049against information leak from the internal network. But there is a limitation
5050to this : since HAProxy's HTTP engine does not support keep-alive, only headers
5051passed during the first request of a TCP session will be seen. All subsequent
5052headers will be considered data only and not analyzed. Furthermore, HAProxy
5053never touches data contents, it stops analysis at the end of headers.
5054
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005055There is an exception though. If HAProxy encounters an "Informational Response"
5056(status code 1xx), it is able to process all rsp* rules which can allow, deny,
5057rewrite or delete a header, but it will refuse to add a header to any such
5058messages as this is not HTTP-compliant. The reason for still processing headers
5059in such responses is to stop and/or fix any possible information leak which may
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005060happen, for instance because another downstream equipment would unconditionally
Willy Tarreau816b9792009-09-15 21:25:21 +02005061add a header, or if a server name appears there. When such messages are seen,
5062normal processing still occurs on the next non-informational messages.
5063
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005064This section covers common usage of the following keywords, described in detail
5065in section 4.2 :
5066
5067 - reqadd <string>
5068 - reqallow <search>
5069 - reqiallow <search>
5070 - reqdel <search>
5071 - reqidel <search>
5072 - reqdeny <search>
5073 - reqideny <search>
5074 - reqpass <search>
5075 - reqipass <search>
5076 - reqrep <search> <replace>
5077 - reqirep <search> <replace>
5078 - reqtarpit <search>
5079 - reqitarpit <search>
5080 - rspadd <string>
5081 - rspdel <search>
5082 - rspidel <search>
5083 - rspdeny <search>
5084 - rspideny <search>
5085 - rsprep <search> <replace>
5086 - rspirep <search> <replace>
5087
5088With all these keywords, the same conventions are used. The <search> parameter
5089is a POSIX extended regular expression (regex) which supports grouping through
5090parenthesis (without the backslash). Spaces and other delimiters must be
5091prefixed with a backslash ('\') to avoid confusion with a field delimiter.
5092Other characters may be prefixed with a backslash to change their meaning :
5093
5094 \t for a tab
5095 \r for a carriage return (CR)
5096 \n for a new line (LF)
5097 \ to mark a space and differentiate it from a delimiter
5098 \# to mark a sharp and differentiate it from a comment
5099 \\ to use a backslash in a regex
5100 \\\\ to use a backslash in the text (*2 for regex, *2 for haproxy)
5101 \xXX to write the ASCII hex code XX as in the C language
5102
5103The <replace> parameter contains the string to be used to replace the largest
5104portion of text matching the regex. It can make use of the special characters
5105above, and can reference a substring which is delimited by parenthesis in the
5106regex, by writing a backslash ('\') immediately followed by one digit from 0 to
51079 indicating the group position (0 designating the entire line). This practice
5108is very common to users of the "sed" program.
5109
5110The <string> parameter represents the string which will systematically be added
5111after the last header line. It can also use special character sequences above.
5112
5113Notes related to these keywords :
5114---------------------------------
5115 - these keywords are not always convenient to allow/deny based on header
5116 contents. It is strongly recommended to use ACLs with the "block" keyword
5117 instead, resulting in far more flexible and manageable rules.
5118
5119 - lines are always considered as a whole. It is not possible to reference
5120 a header name only or a value only. This is important because of the way
5121 headers are written (notably the number of spaces after the colon).
5122
5123 - the first line is always considered as a header, which makes it possible to
5124 rewrite or filter HTTP requests URIs or response codes, but in turn makes
5125 it harder to distinguish between headers and request line. The regex prefix
5126 ^[^\ \t]*[\ \t] matches any HTTP method followed by a space, and the prefix
5127 ^[^ \t:]*: matches any header name followed by a colon.
5128
5129 - for performances reasons, the number of characters added to a request or to
5130 a response is limited at build time to values between 1 and 4 kB. This
5131 should normally be far more than enough for most usages. If it is too short
5132 on occasional usages, it is possible to gain some space by removing some
5133 useless headers before adding new ones.
5134
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005135 - keywords beginning with "reqi" and "rspi" are the same as their counterpart
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005136 without the 'i' letter except that they ignore case when matching patterns.
5137
5138 - when a request passes through a frontend then a backend, all req* rules
5139 from the frontend will be evaluated, then all req* rules from the backend
5140 will be evaluated. The reverse path is applied to responses.
5141
5142 - req* statements are applied after "block" statements, so that "block" is
5143 always the first one, but before "use_backend" in order to permit rewriting
5144 before switching.
5145
5146
51477. Using ACLs
5148-------------
5149
5150The use of Access Control Lists (ACL) provides a flexible solution to perform
5151content switching and generally to take decisions based on content extracted
5152from the request, the response or any environmental status. The principle is
5153simple :
5154
5155 - define test criteria with sets of values
5156 - perform actions only if a set of tests is valid
5157
5158The actions generally consist in blocking the request, or selecting a backend.
5159
5160In order to define a test, the "acl" keyword is used. The syntax is :
5161
5162 acl <aclname> <criterion> [flags] [operator] <value> ...
5163
5164This creates a new ACL <aclname> or completes an existing one with new tests.
5165Those tests apply to the portion of request/response specified in <criterion>
5166and may be adjusted with optional flags [flags]. Some criteria also support
5167an operator which may be specified before the set of values. The values are
5168of the type supported by the criterion, and are separated by spaces.
5169
5170ACL names must be formed from upper and lower case letters, digits, '-' (dash),
5171'_' (underscore) , '.' (dot) and ':' (colon). ACL names are case-sensitive,
5172which means that "my_acl" and "My_Acl" are two different ACLs.
5173
5174There is no enforced limit to the number of ACLs. The unused ones do not affect
5175performance, they just consume a small amount of memory.
5176
5177The following ACL flags are currently supported :
5178
5179 -i : ignore case during matching.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005180 -- : force end of flags. Useful when a string looks like one of the flags.
5181
5182Supported types of values are :
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005183
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005184 - integers or integer ranges
5185 - strings
5186 - regular expressions
5187 - IP addresses and networks
5188
5189
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020051907.1. Matching integers
5191----------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005192
5193Matching integers is special in that ranges and operators are permitted. Note
5194that integer matching only applies to positive values. A range is a value
5195expressed with a lower and an upper bound separated with a colon, both of which
5196may be omitted.
5197
5198For instance, "1024:65535" is a valid range to represent a range of
5199unprivileged ports, and "1024:" would also work. "0:1023" is a valid
5200representation of privileged ports, and ":1023" would also work.
5201
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005202As a special case, some ACL functions support decimal numbers which are in fact
5203two integers separated by a dot. This is used with some version checks for
5204instance. All integer properties apply to those decimal numbers, including
5205ranges and operators.
5206
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005207For an easier usage, comparison operators are also supported. Note that using
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005208operators with ranges does not make much sense and is strongly discouraged.
5209Similarly, it does not make much sense to perform order comparisons with a set
5210of values.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005211
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005212Available operators for integer matching are :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005213
5214 eq : true if the tested value equals at least one value
5215 ge : true if the tested value is greater than or equal to at least one value
5216 gt : true if the tested value is greater than at least one value
5217 le : true if the tested value is less than or equal to at least one value
5218 lt : true if the tested value is less than at least one value
5219
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005220For instance, the following ACL matches any negative Content-Length header :
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005221
5222 acl negative-length hdr_val(content-length) lt 0
5223
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005224This one matches SSL versions between 3.0 and 3.1 (inclusive) :
5225
5226 acl sslv3 req_ssl_ver 3:3.1
5227
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005228
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052297.2. Matching strings
5230---------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005231
5232String matching applies to verbatim strings as they are passed, with the
5233exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it possible to escape some
5234characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is passed before the first
5235string, then the matching will be performed ignoring the case. In order
5236to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass the "--" flag
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005237before the first string. Same applies of course to match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005238
5239
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052407.3. Matching regular expressions (regexes)
5241-------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005242
5243Just like with string matching, regex matching applies to verbatim strings as
5244they are passed, with the exception of the backslash ("\") which makes it
5245possible to escape some characters such as the space. If the "-i" flag is
5246passed before the first regex, then the matching will be performed ignoring
5247the case. In order to match the string "-i", either set it second, or pass
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005248the "--" flag before the first string. Same principle applies of course to
5249match the string "--".
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005250
5251
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052527.4. Matching IPv4 addresses
5253----------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005254
5255IPv4 addresses values can be specified either as plain addresses or with a
5256netmask appended, in which case the IPv4 address matches whenever it is
5257within the network. Plain addresses may also be replaced with a resolvable
Willy Tarreaud2a4aa22008-01-31 15:28:22 +01005258host name, but this practice is generally discouraged as it makes it more
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005259difficult to read and debug configurations. If hostnames are used, you should
5260at least ensure that they are present in /etc/hosts so that the configuration
5261does not depend on any random DNS match at the moment the configuration is
5262parsed.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005263
5264
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052657.5. Available matching criteria
5266--------------------------------
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005267
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020052687.5.1. Matching at Layer 4 and below
5269------------------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005270
5271A first set of criteria applies to information which does not require any
5272analysis of the request or response contents. Those generally include TCP/IP
5273addresses and ports, as well as internal values independant on the stream.
5274
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005275always_false
5276 This one never matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5277 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5278
5279always_true
5280 This one always matches. All values and flags are ignored. It may be used as
5281 a temporary replacement for another one when adjusting configurations.
5282
5283src <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005284 Applies to the client's IPv4 address. It is usually used to limit access to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005285 certain resources such as statistics. Note that it is the TCP-level source
5286 address which is used, and not the address of a client behind a proxy.
5287
5288src_port <integer>
5289 Applies to the client's TCP source port. This has a very limited usage.
5290
5291dst <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005292 Applies to the local IPv4 address the client connected to. It can be used to
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005293 switch to a different backend for some alternative addresses.
5294
5295dst_port <integer>
5296 Applies to the local port the client connected to. It can be used to switch
5297 to a different backend for some alternative ports.
5298
5299dst_conn <integer>
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005300 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the same socket
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005301 including the one being evaluated. It can be used to either return a sorry
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005302 page before hard-blocking, or to use a specific backend to drain new requests
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005303 when the socket is considered saturated. This offers the ability to assign
5304 different limits to different listening ports or addresses. See also the
5305 "fe_conn" and "be_conn" criteria.
5306
5307fe_conn <integer>
5308fe_conn(frontend) <integer>
5309 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the frontend,
5310 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no frontend name is
5311 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5312 frontend. It can be used to either return a sorry page before hard-blocking,
5313 or to use a specific backend to drain new requests when the farm is
5314 considered saturated. See also the "dst_conn", "be_conn" and "fe_sess_rate"
5315 criteria.
5316
5317be_conn <integer>
5318be_conn(frontend) <integer>
5319 Applies to the number of currently established connections on the backend,
5320 possibly including the connection being evaluated. If no backend name is
5321 specified, the current one is used. But it is also possible to check another
5322 backend. It can be used to use a specific farm when the nominal one is full.
5323 See also the "fe_conn", "queue" and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005324
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005325nbsrv <integer>
5326nbsrv(backend) <integer>
5327 Returns true when the number of usable servers of either the current backend
5328 or the named backend matches the values or ranges specified. This is used to
5329 switch to an alternate backend when the number of servers is too low to
5330 to handle some load. It is useful to report a failure when combined with
5331 "monitor fail".
5332
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005333connslots <integer>
5334connslots(backend) <integer>
5335 The basic idea here is to be able to measure the number of connection "slots"
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005336 still available (connection + queue), so that anything beyond that (intended
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005337 usage; see "use_backend" keyword) can be redirected to a different backend.
5338
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005339 'connslots' = number of available server connection slots, + number of
5340 available server queue slots.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005341
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005342 Note that while "fe_conn" may be used, "connslots" comes in especially
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005343 useful when you have a case of traffic going to one single ip, splitting into
5344 multiple backends (perhaps using acls to do name-based load balancing) and
5345 you want to be able to differentiate between different backends, and their
5346 available "connslots". Also, whereas "nbsrv" only measures servers that are
5347 actually *down*, this acl is more fine-grained and looks into the number of
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005348 available connection slots as well. See also "queue" and "avg_queue".
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005349
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02005350 OTHER CAVEATS AND NOTES: at this point in time, the code does not take care
5351 of dynamic connections. Also, if any of the server maxconn, or maxqueue is 0,
5352 then this acl clearly does not make sense, in which case the value returned
5353 will be -1.
Jeffrey 'jf' Lim5051d7b2008-09-04 01:03:03 +08005354
Willy Tarreaua36af912009-10-10 12:02:45 +02005355queue <integer>
5356queue(frontend) <integer>
5357 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend,
5358 including all the connections in server queues. If no backend name is
5359 specified, the current one is used, but it is also possible to check another
5360 one. This can be used to take actions when queuing goes above a known level,
5361 generally indicating a surge of traffic or a massive slowdown on the servers.
5362 One possible action could be to reject new users but still accept old ones.
5363 See also the "avg_queue", "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5364
5365avg_queue <integer>
5366avg_queue(frontend) <integer>
5367 Returns the total number of queued connections of the designated backend
5368 divided by the number of active servers. This is very similar to "queue"
5369 except that the size of the farm is considered, in order to give a more
5370 accurate measurement of the time it may take for a new connection to be
5371 processed. The main usage is to return a sorry page to new users when it
5372 becomes certain they will get a degraded service. Note that in the event
5373 there would not be any active server anymore, we would consider twice the
5374 number of queued connections as the measured value. This is a fair estimate,
5375 as we expect one server to get back soon anyway, but we still prefer to send
5376 new traffic to another backend if in better shape. See also the "queue",
5377 "be_conn", and "be_sess_rate" criteria.
5378
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005379fe_sess_rate <integer>
5380fe_sess_rate(frontend) <integer>
5381 Returns true when the session creation rate on the current or the named
5382 frontend matches the specified values or ranges, expressed in new sessions
5383 per second. This is used to limit the connection rate to acceptable ranges in
5384 order to prevent abuse of service at the earliest moment. This can be
5385 combined with layer 4 ACLs in order to force the clients to wait a bit for
5386 the rate to go down below the limit.
5387
5388 Example :
5389 # This frontend limits incoming mails to 10/s with a max of 100
5390 # concurrent connections. We accept any connection below 10/s, and
5391 # force excess clients to wait for 100 ms. Since clients are limited to
5392 # 100 max, there cannot be more than 10 incoming mails per second.
5393 frontend mail
5394 bind :25
5395 mode tcp
5396 maxconn 100
5397 acl too_fast fe_sess_rate ge 10
5398 tcp-request inspect-delay 100ms
5399 tcp-request content accept if ! too_fast
5400 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5401
5402be_sess_rate <integer>
5403be_sess_rate(backend) <integer>
5404 Returns true when the sessions creation rate on the backend matches the
5405 specified values or ranges, in number of new sessions per second. This is
5406 used to switch to an alternate backend when an expensive or fragile one
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005407 reaches too high a session rate, or to limit abuse of service (eg. prevent
Willy Tarreau079ff0a2009-03-05 21:34:28 +01005408 sucking of an online dictionary).
5409
5410 Example :
5411 # Redirect to an error page if the dictionary is requested too often
5412 backend dynamic
5413 mode http
5414 acl being_scanned be_sess_rate gt 100
5415 redirect location /denied.html if being_scanned
5416
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005417
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054187.5.2. Matching contents at Layer 4
5419-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005420
5421A second set of criteria depends on data found in buffers, but which can change
5422during analysis. This requires that some data has been buffered, for instance
5423through TCP request content inspection. Please see the "tcp-request" keyword
5424for more detailed information on the subject.
5425
5426req_len <integer>
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005427 Returns true when the length of the data in the request buffer matches the
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005428 specified range. It is important to understand that this test does not
5429 return false as long as the buffer is changing. This means that a check with
5430 equality to zero will almost always immediately match at the beginning of the
5431 session, while a test for more data will wait for that data to come in and
5432 return false only when haproxy is certain that no more data will come in.
5433 This test was designed to be used with TCP request content inspection.
5434
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005435req_proto_http
5436 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like HTTP and correctly
5437 parses as such. It is the same parser as the common HTTP request parser which
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005438 is used so there should be no surprises. This test can be used for instance
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005439 to direct HTTP traffic to a given port and HTTPS traffic to another one
5440 using TCP request content inspection rules.
5441
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005442req_rdp_cookie <string>
5443req_rdp_cookie(name) <string>
5444 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol, and
5445 a cookie is present and equal to <string>. By default, any cookie name is
5446 checked, but a specific cookie name can be specified in parenthesis. The
5447 parser only checks for the first cookie, as illustrated in the RDP protocol
5448 specification. The cookie name is case insensitive. This ACL can be useful
5449 with the "MSTS" cookie, as it can contain the user name of the client
5450 connecting to the server if properly configured on the client. This can be
5451 used to restrict access to certain servers to certain users.
5452
5453req_rdp_cookie_cnt <integer>
5454req_rdp_cookie_cnt(name) <integer>
5455 Returns true when the data in the request buffer look like the RDP protocol
5456 and the number of RDP cookies matches the specified range (typically zero or
5457 one). Optionally a specific cookie name can be checked. This is a simple way
5458 of detecting the RDP protocol, as clients generally send the MSTS or MSTSHASH
5459 cookies.
5460
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005461req_ssl_ver <decimal>
5462 Returns true when data in the request buffer look like SSL, with a protocol
5463 version matching the specified range. Both SSLv2 hello messages and SSLv3
5464 messages are supported. The test tries to be strict enough to avoid being
5465 easily fooled. In particular, it waits for as many bytes as announced in the
5466 message header if this header looks valid (bound to the buffer size). Note
5467 that TLSv1 is announced as SSL version 3.1. This test was designed to be used
5468 with TCP request content inspection.
5469
Willy Tarreaub6fb4202008-07-20 11:18:28 +02005470wait_end
5471 Waits for the end of the analysis period to return true. This may be used in
5472 conjunction with content analysis to avoid returning a wrong verdict early.
5473 It may also be used to delay some actions, such as a delayed reject for some
5474 special addresses. Since it either stops the rules evaluation or immediately
5475 returns true, it is recommended to use this acl as the last one in a rule.
5476 Please note that the default ACL "WAIT_END" is always usable without prior
5477 declaration. This test was designed to be used with TCP request content
5478 inspection.
5479
5480 Examples :
5481 # delay every incoming request by 2 seconds
5482 tcp-request inspect-delay 2s
5483 tcp-request content accept if WAIT_END
5484
5485 # don't immediately tell bad guys they are rejected
5486 tcp-request inspect-delay 10s
5487 acl goodguys src 10.0.0.0/24
5488 acl badguys src 10.0.1.0/24
5489 tcp-request content accept if goodguys
5490 tcp-request content reject if badguys WAIT_END
5491 tcp-request content reject
5492
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005493
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020054947.5.3. Matching at Layer 7
5495--------------------------
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005496
Willy Tarreau62644772008-07-16 18:36:06 +02005497A third set of criteria applies to information which can be found at the
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005498application layer (layer 7). Those require that a full HTTP request has been
5499read, and are only evaluated then. They may require slightly more CPU resources
5500than the layer 4 ones, but not much since the request and response are indexed.
5501
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005502method <string>
5503 Applies to the method in the HTTP request, eg: "GET". Some predefined ACL
5504 already check for most common methods.
5505
5506req_ver <string>
5507 Applies to the version string in the HTTP request, eg: "1.0". Some predefined
5508 ACL already check for versions 1.0 and 1.1.
5509
5510path <string>
5511 Returns true when the path part of the request, which starts at the first
5512 slash and ends before the question mark, equals one of the strings. It may be
5513 used to match known files, such as /favicon.ico.
5514
5515path_beg <string>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005516 Returns true when the path begins with one of the strings. This can be used
5517 to send certain directory names to alternative backends.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005518
5519path_end <string>
5520 Returns true when the path ends with one of the strings. This may be used to
5521 control file name extension.
5522
5523path_sub <string>
5524 Returns true when the path contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5525 detect particular patterns in paths, such as "../" for example. See also
5526 "path_dir".
5527
5528path_dir <string>
5529 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5530 slashes in the path. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5531 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5532 "url_dir" and "path_sub".
5533
5534path_dom <string>
5535 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5536 in the path. This may be used to perform domain name matching in proxy
5537 requests. See also "path_sub" and "url_dom".
5538
5539path_reg <regex>
5540 Returns true when the path matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5541 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5542 than other methods. See also "url_reg" and all "path_" criteria.
5543
5544url <string>
5545 Applies to the whole URL passed in the request. The only real use is to match
5546 "*", for which there already is a predefined ACL.
5547
5548url_beg <string>
5549 Returns true when the URL begins with one of the strings. This can be used to
5550 check whether a URL begins with a slash or with a protocol scheme.
5551
5552url_end <string>
5553 Returns true when the URL ends with one of the strings. It has very limited
5554 use. "path_end" should be used instead for filename matching.
5555
5556url_sub <string>
5557 Returns true when the URL contains one of the strings. It can be used to
5558 detect particular patterns in query strings for example. See also "path_sub".
5559
5560url_dir <string>
5561 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with
5562 slashes in the URL. This is used to perform filename or directory name
5563 matching without the risk of wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also
5564 "path_dir" and "url_sub".
5565
5566url_dom <string>
5567 Returns true when one of the strings is found isolated or delimited with dots
5568 in the URL. This is used to perform domain name matching without the risk of
5569 wrong match due to colliding prefixes. See also "url_sub".
5570
5571url_reg <regex>
5572 Returns true when the URL matches one of the regular expressions. It can be
5573 used any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching is slower
5574 than other methods. See also "path_reg" and all "url_" criteria.
5575
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005576url_ip <ip_address>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005577 Applies to the IP address specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request.
5578 It can be used to prevent access to certain resources such as local network.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005579 It is useful with option "http_proxy".
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005580
5581url_port <integer>
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005582 Applies to the port specified in the absolute URI in an HTTP request. It can
5583 be used to prevent access to certain resources. It is useful with option
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005584 "http_proxy". Note that if the port is not specified in the request, port 80
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005585 is assumed.
Alexandre Cassen5eb1a902007-11-29 15:43:32 +01005586
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005587hdr <string>
5588hdr(header) <string>
5589 Note: all the "hdr*" matching criteria either apply to all headers, or to a
5590 particular header whose name is passed between parenthesis and without any
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005591 space. The header name is not case-sensitive. The header matching complies
5592 with RFC2616, and treats as separate headers all values delimited by commas.
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005593
5594 The "hdr" criteria returns true if any of the headers matching the criteria
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01005595 match any of the strings. This can be used to check exact for values. For
Willy Tarreau6a06a402007-07-15 20:15:28 +02005596 instance, checking that "connection: close" is set :
5597
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005598 hdr(Connection) -i close
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005599
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005600hdr_beg <string>
5601hdr_beg(header) <string>
5602 Returns true when one of the headers begins with one of the strings. See
5603 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau21d2af32008-02-14 20:25:24 +01005604
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005605hdr_end <string>
5606hdr_end(header) <string>
5607 Returns true when one of the headers ends with one of the strings. See "hdr"
5608 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005609
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005610hdr_sub <string>
5611hdr_sub(header) <string>
5612 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings. See "hdr"
5613 for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005614
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005615hdr_dir <string>
5616hdr_dir(header) <string>
5617 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5618 isolated or delimited by slashes. This is used to perform filename or
5619 directory name matching, and may be used with Referer. See "hdr" for more
5620 information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005621
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005622hdr_dom <string>
5623hdr_dom(header) <string>
5624 Returns true when one of the headers contains one of the strings either
5625 isolated or delimited by dots. This is used to perform domain name matching,
5626 and may be used with the Host header. See "hdr" for more information on
5627 header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005628
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005629hdr_reg <regex>
5630hdr_reg(header) <regex>
5631 Returns true when one of the headers matches of the regular expressions. It
5632 can be used at any time, but it is important to remember that regex matching
5633 is slower than other methods. See also other "hdr_" criteria, as well as
5634 "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005635
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005636hdr_val <integer>
5637hdr_val(header) <integer>
5638 Returns true when one of the headers starts with a number which matches the
5639 values or ranges specified. This may be used to limit content-length to
5640 acceptable values for example. See "hdr" for more information on header
5641 matching.
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005642
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005643hdr_cnt <integer>
5644hdr_cnt(header) <integer>
5645 Returns true when the number of occurrence of the specified header matches
5646 the values or ranges specified. It is important to remember that one header
5647 line may count as several headers if it has several values. This is used to
5648 detect presence, absence or abuse of a specific header, as well as to block
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005649 request smuggling attacks by rejecting requests which contain more than one
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005650 of certain headers. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkic8b16fc2008-02-18 01:26:35 +01005651
Willy Tarreau106f9792009-09-19 07:54:16 +02005652hdr_ip <ip_address>
5653hdr_ip(header) <ip_address>
5654 Returns true when one of the headers' values contains an IP address matching
5655 <ip_address>. This is mainly used with headers such as X-Forwarded-For or
5656 X-Client-IP. See "hdr" for more information on header matching.
5657
Willy Tarreau198a7442008-01-17 12:05:32 +01005658
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056597.6. Pre-defined ACLs
5660---------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005661
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005662Some predefined ACLs are hard-coded so that they do not have to be declared in
5663every frontend which needs them. They all have their names in upper case in
5664order to avoid confusion. Their equivalence is provided below. Please note that
5665only the first three ones are not layer 7 based.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005666
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005667ACL name Equivalent to Usage
5668---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
5669TRUE always_true always match
5670FALSE always_false never match
5671LOCALHOST src 127.0.0.1/8 match connection from local host
Willy Tarreau2492d5b2009-07-11 00:06:00 +02005672HTTP req_proto_http match if protocol is valid HTTP
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005673HTTP_1.0 req_ver 1.0 match HTTP version 1.0
5674HTTP_1.1 req_ver 1.1 match HTTP version 1.1
5675METH_CONNECT method CONNECT match HTTP CONNECT method
5676METH_GET method GET HEAD match HTTP GET or HEAD method
5677METH_HEAD method HEAD match HTTP HEAD method
5678METH_OPTIONS method OPTIONS match HTTP OPTIONS method
5679METH_POST method POST match HTTP POST method
5680METH_TRACE method TRACE match HTTP TRACE method
5681HTTP_URL_ABS url_reg ^[^/:]*:// match absolute URL with scheme
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005682HTTP_URL_SLASH url_beg / match URL beginning with "/"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005683HTTP_URL_STAR url * match URL equal to "*"
5684HTTP_CONTENT hdr_val(content-length) gt 0 match an existing content-length
Emeric Brunbede3d02009-06-30 17:54:00 +02005685RDP_COOKIE req_rdp_cookie_cnt gt 0 match presence of an RDP cookie
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005686REQ_CONTENT req_len gt 0 match data in the request buffer
5687WAIT_END wait_end wait for end of content analysis
5688---------------+-----------------------------+---------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005689
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005690
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020056917.7. Using ACLs to form conditions
5692----------------------------------
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005693
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005694Some actions are only performed upon a valid condition. A condition is a
5695combination of ACLs with operators. 3 operators are supported :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005696
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005697 - AND (implicit)
5698 - OR (explicit with the "or" keyword or the "||" operator)
5699 - Negation with the exclamation mark ("!")
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005700
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005701A condition is formed as a disjunctive form:
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005702
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005703 [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln { or [!]acl1 [!]acl2 ... [!]acln } ...
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005704
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005705Such conditions are generally used after an "if" or "unless" statement,
5706indicating when the condition will trigger the action.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005707
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005708For instance, to block HTTP requests to the "*" URL with methods other than
5709"OPTIONS", as well as POST requests without content-length, and GET or HEAD
5710requests with a content-length greater than 0, and finally every request which
5711is not either GET/HEAD/POST/OPTIONS !
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005712
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005713 acl missing_cl hdr_cnt(Content-length) eq 0
5714 block if HTTP_URL_STAR !METH_OPTIONS || METH_POST missing_cl
5715 block if METH_GET HTTP_CONTENT
5716 block unless METH_GET or METH_POST or METH_OPTIONS
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005717
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005718To select a different backend for requests to static contents on the "www" site
5719and to every request on the "img", "video", "download" and "ftp" hosts :
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005720
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005721 acl url_static path_beg /static /images /img /css
5722 acl url_static path_end .gif .png .jpg .css .js
5723 acl host_www hdr_beg(host) -i www
5724 acl host_static hdr_beg(host) -i img. video. download. ftp.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005725
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005726 # now use backend "static" for all static-only hosts, and for static urls
5727 # of host "www". Use backend "www" for the rest.
5728 use_backend static if host_static or host_www url_static
5729 use_backend www if host_www
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005730
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005731See section 4.2 for detailed help on the "block" and "use_backend" keywords.
Willy Tarreauced27012008-01-17 20:35:34 +01005732
Willy Tarreau5764b382007-11-30 17:46:49 +01005733
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057348. Logging
5735----------
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01005736
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005737One of HAProxy's strong points certainly lies is its precise logs. It probably
5738provides the finest level of information available for such a product, which is
5739very important for troubleshooting complex environments. Standard information
5740provided in logs include client ports, TCP/HTTP state timers, precise session
5741state at termination and precise termination cause, information about decisions
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01005742to direct traffic to a server, and of course the ability to capture arbitrary
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005743headers.
5744
5745In order to improve administrators reactivity, it offers a great transparency
5746about encountered problems, both internal and external, and it is possible to
5747send logs to different sources at the same time with different level filters :
5748
5749 - global process-level logs (system errors, start/stop, etc..)
5750 - per-instance system and internal errors (lack of resource, bugs, ...)
5751 - per-instance external troubles (servers up/down, max connections)
5752 - per-instance activity (client connections), either at the establishment or
5753 at the termination.
5754
5755The ability to distribute different levels of logs to different log servers
5756allow several production teams to interact and to fix their problems as soon
5757as possible. For example, the system team might monitor system-wide errors,
5758while the application team might be monitoring the up/down for their servers in
5759real time, and the security team might analyze the activity logs with one hour
5760delay.
5761
5762
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057638.1. Log levels
5764---------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005765
5766TCP and HTTP connections can be logged with informations such as date, time,
5767source IP address, destination address, connection duration, response times,
5768HTTP request, the HTTP return code, number of bytes transmitted, the conditions
5769in which the session ended, and even exchanged cookies values, to track a
5770particular user's problems for example. All messages are sent to up to two
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005771syslog servers. Check the "log" keyword in section 4.2 for more info about log
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005772facilities.
5773
5774
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020057758.2. Log formats
5776----------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005777
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005778HAProxy supports 4 log formats. Several fields are common between these formats
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005779and will be detailed in the next sections. A few of them may slightly vary with
5780the configuration, due to indicators specific to certain options. The supported
5781formats are the following ones :
5782
5783 - the default format, which is very basic and very rarely used. It only
5784 provides very basic information about the incoming connection at the moment
5785 it is accepted : source IP:port, destination IP:port, and frontend-name.
5786 This mode will eventually disappear so it will not be described to great
5787 extents.
5788
5789 - the TCP format, which is more advanced. This format is enabled when "option
5790 tcplog" is set on the frontend. HAProxy will then usually wait for the
5791 connection to terminate before logging. This format provides much richer
5792 information, such as timers, connection counts, queue size, etc... This
5793 format is recommended for pure TCP proxies.
5794
5795 - the HTTP format, which is the most advanced for HTTP proxying. This format
5796 is enabled when "option httplog" is set on the frontend. It provides the
5797 same information as the TCP format with some HTTP-specific fields such as
5798 the request, the status code, and captures of headers and cookies. This
5799 format is recommended for HTTP proxies.
5800
Emeric Brun3a058f32009-06-30 18:26:00 +02005801 - the CLF HTTP format, which is equivalent to the HTTP format, but with the
5802 fields arranged in the same order as the CLF format. In this mode, all
5803 timers, captures, flags, etc... appear one per field after the end of the
5804 common fields, in the same order they appear in the standard HTTP format.
5805
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005806Next sections will go deeper into details for each of these formats. Format
5807specification will be performed on a "field" basis. Unless stated otherwise, a
5808field is a portion of text delimited by any number of spaces. Since syslog
5809servers are susceptible of inserting fields at the beginning of a line, it is
5810always assumed that the first field is the one containing the process name and
5811identifier.
5812
5813Note : Since log lines may be quite long, the log examples in sections below
5814 might be broken into multiple lines. The example log lines will be
5815 prefixed with 3 closing angle brackets ('>>>') and each time a log is
5816 broken into multiple lines, each non-final line will end with a
5817 backslash ('\') and the next line will start indented by two characters.
5818
5819
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058208.2.1. Default log format
5821-------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005822
5823This format is used when no specific option is set. The log is emitted as soon
5824as the connection is accepted. One should note that this currently is the only
5825format which logs the request's destination IP and ports.
5826
5827 Example :
5828 listen www
5829 mode http
5830 log global
5831 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5832
5833 >>> Feb 6 12:12:09 localhost \
5834 haproxy[14385]: Connect from 10.0.1.2:33312 to 10.0.3.31:8012 \
5835 (www/HTTP)
5836
5837 Field Format Extract from the example above
5838 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14385]:
5839 2 'Connect from' Connect from
5840 3 source_ip ':' source_port 10.0.1.2:33312
5841 4 'to' to
5842 5 destination_ip ':' destination_port 10.0.3.31:8012
5843 6 '(' frontend_name '/' mode ')' (www/HTTP)
5844
5845Detailed fields description :
5846 - "source_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the connection.
5847 - "source_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5848 - "destination_ip" is the IP address the client connected to.
5849 - "destination_port" is the TCP port the client connected to.
5850 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5851 and processed the connection.
5852 - "mode is the mode the frontend is operating (TCP or HTTP).
5853
5854It is advised not to use this deprecated format for newer installations as it
5855will eventually disappear.
5856
5857
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020058588.2.2. TCP log format
5859---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005860
5861The TCP format is used when "option tcplog" is specified in the frontend, and
5862is the recommended format for pure TCP proxies. It provides a lot of precious
5863information for troubleshooting. Since this format includes timers and byte
5864counts, the log is normally emitted at the end of the session. It can be
5865emitted earlier if "option logasap" is specified, which makes sense in most
5866environments with long sessions such as remote terminals. Sessions which match
5867the "monitor" rules are never logged. It is also possible not to emit logs for
5868sessions for which no data were exchanged between the client and the server, by
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02005869specifying "option dontlognull" in the frontend. Successful connections will
5870not be logged if "option dontlog-normal" is specified in the frontend. A few
5871fields may slightly vary depending on some configuration options, those are
5872marked with a star ('*') after the field name below.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005873
5874 Example :
5875 frontend fnt
5876 mode tcp
5877 option tcplog
5878 log global
5879 default_backend bck
5880
5881 backend bck
5882 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
5883
5884 >>> Feb 6 12:12:56 localhost \
5885 haproxy[14387]: 10.0.1.2:33313 [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443] fnt \
5886 bck/srv1 0/0/5007 212 -- 0/0/0/0/3 0/0
5887
5888 Field Format Extract from the example above
5889 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14387]:
5890 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33313
5891 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:12:51.443]
5892 4 frontend_name fnt
5893 5 backend_name '/' server_name bck/srv1
5894 6 Tw '/' Tc '/' Tt* 0/0/5007
5895 7 bytes_read* 212
5896 8 termination_state --
5897 9 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 0/0/0/0/3
5898 10 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
5899
5900Detailed fields description :
5901 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
5902 connection to haproxy.
5903
5904 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
5905
5906 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the connection was received by haproxy
5907 (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on the
5908 network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is usually
5909 the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log.
5910
5911 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
5912 and processed the connection.
5913
5914 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
5915 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
5916 frontend if no switching rule has been applied, which is common for TCP
5917 applications.
5918
5919 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
5920 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
5921 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
5922 which processed the request. If the connection was aborted before reaching
5923 a server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name.
5924
5925 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
5926 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
5927 See "Timers" below for more details.
5928
5929 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
5930 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
5931 connection was aborted before a connection could be established. See
5932 "Timers" below for more details.
5933
5934 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
5935 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
5936 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
5937 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
5938 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
5939 details.
5940
5941 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted from the server to
5942 the client when the log is emitted. If "option logasap" is specified, the
5943 this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that the final one
5944 may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit counter, so log
5945 analysis tools must be able to handle it without overflowing.
5946
5947 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
5948 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
5949 session to happen, and for what reason (timeout, error, ...). The normal
5950 flags should be "--", indicating the session was closed by either end with
5951 no data remaining in buffers. See below "Session state at disconnection"
5952 for more details.
5953
5954 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
5955 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
5956 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 when
5957 multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system limits
5958 the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all of them
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02005959 are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the system.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01005960
5961 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
5962 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
5963 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
5964 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
5965 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
5966 caused by a denial of service attack.
5967
5968 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
5969 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
5970 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
5971 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
5972 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
5973 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
5974 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
5975 denial of service attack.
5976
5977 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
5978 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
5979 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
5980 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
5981 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
5982 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
5983 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
5984 that this server has some trouble causing the connections to take longer to
5985 be processed than on other servers.
5986
5987 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
5988 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
5989 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
5990 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
5991 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
5992 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
5993 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
5994 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
5995 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
5996 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
5997 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
5998 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
5999 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6000
6001 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6002 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6003 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6004 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6005 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6006 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6007 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6008 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6009
6010 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6011 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6012 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6013 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6014 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6015 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6016 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6017 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6018 occurs.
6019
6020
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020060218.2.3. HTTP log format
6022----------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006023
6024The HTTP format is the most complete and the best suited for HTTP proxies. It
6025is enabled by when "option httplog" is specified in the frontend. It provides
6026the same level of information as the TCP format with additional features which
6027are specific to the HTTP protocol. Just like the TCP format, the log is usually
6028emitted at the end of the session, unless "option logasap" is specified, which
6029generally only makes sense for download sites. A session which matches the
6030"monitor" rules will never logged. It is also possible not to log sessions for
6031which no data were sent by the client by specifying "option dontlognull" in the
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006032frontend. Successful connections will not be logged if "option dontlog-normal"
6033is specified in the frontend.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006034
6035Most fields are shared with the TCP log, some being different. A few fields may
6036slightly vary depending on some configuration options. Those ones are marked
6037with a star ('*') after the field name below.
6038
6039 Example :
6040 frontend http-in
6041 mode http
6042 option httplog
6043 log global
6044 default_backend bck
6045
6046 backend static
6047 server srv1 127.0.0.1:8000
6048
6049 >>> Feb 6 12:14:14 localhost \
6050 haproxy[14389]: 10.0.1.2:33317 [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655] http-in \
6051 static/srv1 10/0/30/69/109 200 2750 - - ---- 1/1/1/1/0 0/0 {1wt.eu} \
6052 {} "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
6053
6054 Field Format Extract from the example above
6055 1 process_name '[' pid ']:' haproxy[14389]:
6056 2 client_ip ':' client_port 10.0.1.2:33317
6057 3 '[' accept_date ']' [06/Feb/2009:12:14:14.655]
6058 4 frontend_name http-in
6059 5 backend_name '/' server_name static/srv1
6060 6 Tq '/' Tw '/' Tc '/' Tr '/' Tt* 10/0/30/69/109
6061 7 status_code 200
6062 8 bytes_read* 2750
6063 9 captured_request_cookie -
6064 10 captured_response_cookie -
6065 11 termination_state ----
6066 12 actconn '/' feconn '/' beconn '/' srv_conn '/' retries* 1/1/1/1/0
6067 13 srv_queue '/' backend_queue 0/0
6068 14 '{' captured_request_headers* '}' {haproxy.1wt.eu}
6069 15 '{' captured_response_headers* '}' {}
6070 16 '"' http_request '"' "GET /index.html HTTP/1.1"
6071
6072
6073Detailed fields description :
6074 - "client_ip" is the IP address of the client which initiated the TCP
6075 connection to haproxy.
6076
6077 - "client_port" is the TCP port of the client which initiated the connection.
6078
6079 - "accept_date" is the exact date when the TCP connection was received by
6080 haproxy (which might be very slightly different from the date observed on
6081 the network if there was some queuing in the system's backlog). This is
6082 usually the same date which may appear in any upstream firewall's log. This
6083 does not depend on the fact that the client has sent the request or not.
6084
6085 - "frontend_name" is the name of the frontend (or listener) which received
6086 and processed the connection.
6087
6088 - "backend_name" is the name of the backend (or listener) which was selected
6089 to manage the connection to the server. This will be the same as the
6090 frontend if no switching rule has been applied.
6091
6092 - "server_name" is the name of the last server to which the connection was
6093 sent, which might differ from the first one if there were connection errors
6094 and a redispatch occurred. Note that this server belongs to the backend
6095 which processed the request. If the request was aborted before reaching a
6096 server, "<NOSRV>" is indicated instead of a server name. If the request was
6097 intercepted by the stats subsystem, "<STATS>" is indicated instead.
6098
6099 - "Tq" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the client to send
6100 a full HTTP request, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the connection
6101 was aborted before a complete request could be received. It should always
6102 be very small because a request generally fits in one single packet. Large
6103 times here generally indicate network trouble between the client and
6104 haproxy. See "Timers" below for more details.
6105
6106 - "Tw" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting in the various queues.
6107 It can be "-1" if the connection was aborted before reaching the queue.
6108 See "Timers" below for more details.
6109
6110 - "Tc" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the connection to
6111 establish to the final server, including retries. It can be "-1" if the
6112 request was aborted before a connection could be established. See "Timers"
6113 below for more details.
6114
6115 - "Tr" is the total time in milliseconds spent waiting for the server to send
6116 a full HTTP response, not counting data. It can be "-1" if the request was
6117 aborted before a complete response could be received. It generally matches
6118 the server's processing time for the request, though it may be altered by
6119 the amount of data sent by the client to the server. Large times here on
6120 "GET" requests generally indicate an overloaded server. See "Timers" below
6121 for more details.
6122
6123 - "Tt" is the total time in milliseconds elapsed between the accept and the
6124 last close. It covers all possible processings. There is one exception, if
6125 "option logasap" was specified, then the time counting stops at the moment
6126 the log is emitted. In this case, a '+' sign is prepended before the value,
6127 indicating that the final one will be larger. See "Timers" below for more
6128 details.
6129
6130 - "status_code" is the HTTP status code returned to the client. This status
6131 is generally set by the server, but it might also be set by haproxy when
6132 the server cannot be reached or when its response is blocked by haproxy.
6133
6134 - "bytes_read" is the total number of bytes transmitted to the client when
6135 the log is emitted. This does include HTTP headers. If "option logasap" is
6136 specified, the this value will be prefixed with a '+' sign indicating that
6137 the final one may be larger. Please note that this value is a 64-bit
6138 counter, so log analysis tools must be able to handle it without
6139 overflowing.
6140
6141 - "captured_request_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating that
6142 the client had this cookie in the request. The cookie name and its maximum
6143 length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend
6144 configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is not
6145 set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track session
6146 ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session crossing
6147 between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please consult
6148 the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6149
6150 - "captured_response_cookie" is an optional "name=value" entry indicating
6151 that the server has returned a cookie with its response. The cookie name
6152 and its maximum length are defined by the "capture cookie" statement in the
6153 frontend configuration. The field is a single dash ('-') when the option is
6154 not set. Only one cookie may be captured, it is generally used to track
6155 session ID exchanges between a client and a server to detect session
6156 crossing between clients due to application bugs. For more details, please
6157 consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and cookies" below.
6158
6159 - "termination_state" is the condition the session was in when the session
6160 ended. This indicates the session state, which side caused the end of
6161 session to happen, for what reason (timeout, error, ...), just like in TCP
6162 logs, and information about persistence operations on cookies in the last
6163 two characters. The normal flags should begin with "--", indicating the
6164 session was closed by either end with no data remaining in buffers. See
6165 below "Session state at disconnection" for more details.
6166
6167 - "actconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the process when
6168 the session was logged. It it useful to detect when some per-process system
6169 limits have been reached. For instance, if actconn is close to 512 or 1024
6170 when multiple connection errors occur, chances are high that the system
6171 limits the process to use a maximum of 1024 file descriptors and that all
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006172 of them are used. See section 3 "Global parameters" to find how to tune the
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006173 system.
6174
6175 - "feconn" is the total number of concurrent connections on the frontend when
6176 the session was logged. It is useful to estimate the amount of resource
6177 required to sustain high loads, and to detect when the frontend's "maxconn"
6178 has been reached. Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is
6179 because there is congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be
6180 caused by a denial of service attack.
6181
6182 - "beconn" is the total number of concurrent connections handled by the
6183 backend when the session was logged. It includes the total number of
6184 concurrent connections active on servers as well as the number of
6185 connections pending in queues. It is useful to estimate the amount of
6186 additional servers needed to support high loads for a given application.
6187 Most often when this value increases by huge jumps, it is because there is
6188 congestion on the backend servers, but sometimes it can be caused by a
6189 denial of service attack.
6190
6191 - "srv_conn" is the total number of concurrent connections still active on
6192 the server when the session was logged. It can never exceed the server's
6193 configured "maxconn" parameter. If this value is very often close or equal
6194 to the server's "maxconn", it means that traffic regulation is involved a
6195 lot, meaning that either the server's maxconn value is too low, or that
6196 there aren't enough servers to process the load with an optimal response
6197 time. When only one of the server's "srv_conn" is high, it usually means
6198 that this server has some trouble causing the requests to take longer to be
6199 processed than on other servers.
6200
6201 - "retries" is the number of connection retries experienced by this session
6202 when trying to connect to the server. It must normally be zero, unless a
6203 server is being stopped at the same moment the connection was attempted.
6204 Frequent retries generally indicate either a network problem between
6205 haproxy and the server, or a misconfigured system backlog on the server
6206 preventing new connections from being queued. This field may optionally be
6207 prefixed with a '+' sign, indicating that the session has experienced a
6208 redispatch after the maximal retry count has been reached on the initial
6209 server. In this case, the server name appearing in the log is the one the
6210 connection was redispatched to, and not the first one, though both may
6211 sometimes be the same in case of hashing for instance. So as a general rule
6212 of thumb, when a '+' is present in front of the retry count, this count
6213 should not be attributed to the logged server.
6214
6215 - "srv_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6216 this one in the server queue. It is zero when the request has not gone
6217 through the server queue. It makes it possible to estimate the approximate
6218 server's response time by dividing the time spent in queue by the number of
6219 requests in the queue. It is worth noting that if a session experiences a
6220 redispatch and passes through two server queues, their positions will be
6221 cumulated. A request should not pass through both the server queue and the
6222 backend queue unless a redispatch occurs.
6223
6224 - "backend_queue" is the total number of requests which were processed before
6225 this one in the backend's global queue. It is zero when the request has not
6226 gone through the global queue. It makes it possible to estimate the average
6227 queue length, which easily translates into a number of missing servers when
6228 divided by a server's "maxconn" parameter. It is worth noting that if a
6229 session experiences a redispatch, it may pass twice in the backend's queue,
6230 and then both positions will be cumulated. A request should not pass
6231 through both the server queue and the backend queue unless a redispatch
6232 occurs.
6233
6234 - "captured_request_headers" is a list of headers captured in the request due
6235 to the presence of the "capture request header" statement in the frontend.
6236 Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a vertical bar
6237 ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear, causing a
6238 shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this field may
6239 contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser than when
6240 it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers and
6241 cookies" below for more details.
6242
6243 - "captured_response_headers" is a list of headers captured in the response
6244 due to the presence of the "capture response header" statement in the
6245 frontend. Multiple headers can be captured, they will be delimited by a
6246 vertical bar ('|'). When no capture is enabled, the braces do not appear,
6247 causing a shift of remaining fields. It is important to note that this
6248 field may contain spaces, and that using it requires a smarter log parser
6249 than when it's not used. Please consult the section "Capturing HTTP headers
6250 and cookies" below for more details.
6251
6252 - "http_request" is the complete HTTP request line, including the method,
6253 request and HTTP version string. Non-printable characters are encoded (see
6254 below the section "Non-printable characters"). This is always the last
6255 field, and it is always delimited by quotes and is the only one which can
6256 contain quotes. If new fields are added to the log format, they will be
6257 added before this field. This field might be truncated if the request is
6258 huge and does not fit in the standard syslog buffer (1024 characters). This
6259 is the reason why this field must always remain the last one.
6260
6261
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062628.3. Advanced logging options
6263-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006264
6265Some advanced logging options are often looked for but are not easy to find out
6266just by looking at the various options. Here is an entry point for the few
6267options which can enable better logging. Please refer to the keywords reference
6268for more information about their usage.
6269
6270
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062718.3.1. Disabling logging of external tests
6272------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006273
6274It is quite common to have some monitoring tools perform health checks on
6275haproxy. Sometimes it will be a layer 3 load-balancer such as LVS or any
6276commercial load-balancer, and sometimes it will simply be a more complete
6277monitoring system such as Nagios. When the tests are very frequent, users often
6278ask how to disable logging for those checks. There are three possibilities :
6279
6280 - if connections come from everywhere and are just TCP probes, it is often
6281 desired to simply disable logging of connections without data exchange, by
6282 setting "option dontlognull" in the frontend. It also disables logging of
6283 port scans, which may or may not be desired.
6284
6285 - if the connection come from a known source network, use "monitor-net" to
6286 declare this network as monitoring only. Any host in this network will then
6287 only be able to perform health checks, and their requests will not be
6288 logged. This is generally appropriate to designate a list of equipments
6289 such as other load-balancers.
6290
6291 - if the tests are performed on a known URI, use "monitor-uri" to declare
6292 this URI as dedicated to monitoring. Any host sending this request will
6293 only get the result of a health-check, and the request will not be logged.
6294
6295
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020062968.3.2. Logging before waiting for the session to terminate
6297----------------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006298
6299The problem with logging at end of connection is that you have no clue about
6300what is happening during very long sessions, such as remote terminal sessions
6301or large file downloads. This problem can be worked around by specifying
6302"option logasap" in the frontend. Haproxy will then log as soon as possible,
6303just before data transfer begins. This means that in case of TCP, it will still
6304log the connection status to the server, and in case of HTTP, it will log just
6305after processing the server headers. In this case, the number of bytes reported
6306is the number of header bytes sent to the client. In order to avoid confusion
6307with normal logs, the total time field and the number of bytes are prefixed
6308with a '+' sign which means that real numbers are certainly larger.
6309
6310
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063118.3.3. Raising log level upon errors
6312------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006313
6314Sometimes it is more convenient to separate normal traffic from errors logs,
6315for instance in order to ease error monitoring from log files. When the option
6316"log-separate-errors" is used, connections which experience errors, timeouts,
6317retries, redispatches or HTTP status codes 5xx will see their syslog level
6318raised from "info" to "err". This will help a syslog daemon store the log in
6319a separate file. It is very important to keep the errors in the normal traffic
6320file too, so that log ordering is not altered. You should also be careful if
6321you already have configured your syslog daemon to store all logs higher than
6322"notice" in an "admin" file, because the "err" level is higher than "notice".
6323
6324
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063258.3.4. Disabling logging of successful connections
6326--------------------------------------------------
Willy Tarreauc9bd0cc2009-05-10 11:57:02 +02006327
6328Although this may sound strange at first, some large sites have to deal with
6329multiple thousands of logs per second and are experiencing difficulties keeping
6330them intact for a long time or detecting errors within them. If the option
6331"dontlog-normal" is set on the frontend, all normal connections will not be
6332logged. In this regard, a normal connection is defined as one without any
6333error, timeout, retry nor redispatch. In HTTP, the status code is checked too,
6334and a response with a status 5xx is not considered normal and will be logged
6335too. Of course, doing is is really discouraged as it will remove most of the
6336useful information from the logs. Do this only if you have no other
6337alternative.
6338
6339
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020063408.4. Timing events
6341------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006342
6343Timers provide a great help in troubleshooting network problems. All values are
6344reported in milliseconds (ms). These timers should be used in conjunction with
6345the session termination flags. In TCP mode with "option tcplog" set on the
6346frontend, 3 control points are reported under the form "Tw/Tc/Tt", and in HTTP
6347mode, 5 control points are reported under the form "Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/Tt" :
6348
6349 - Tq: total time to get the client request (HTTP mode only). It's the time
6350 elapsed between the moment the client connection was accepted and the
6351 moment the proxy received the last HTTP header. The value "-1" indicates
6352 that the end of headers (empty line) has never been seen. This happens when
6353 the client closes prematurely or times out.
6354
6355 - Tw: total time spent in the queues waiting for a connection slot. It
6356 accounts for backend queue as well as the server queues, and depends on the
6357 queue size, and the time needed for the server to complete previous
6358 requests. The value "-1" means that the request was killed before reaching
6359 the queue, which is generally what happens with invalid or denied requests.
6360
6361 - Tc: total time to establish the TCP connection to the server. It's the time
6362 elapsed between the moment the proxy sent the connection request, and the
6363 moment it was acknowledged by the server, or between the TCP SYN packet and
6364 the matching SYN/ACK packet in return. The value "-1" means that the
6365 connection never established.
6366
6367 - Tr: server response time (HTTP mode only). It's the time elapsed between
6368 the moment the TCP connection was established to the server and the moment
6369 the server sent its complete response headers. It purely shows its request
6370 processing time, without the network overhead due to the data transmission.
6371 It is worth noting that when the client has data to send to the server, for
6372 instance during a POST request, the time already runs, and this can distort
6373 apparent response time. For this reason, it's generally wise not to trust
6374 too much this field for POST requests initiated from clients behind an
6375 untrusted network. A value of "-1" here means that the last the response
6376 header (empty line) was never seen, most likely because the server timeout
6377 stroke before the server managed to process the request.
6378
6379 - Tt: total session duration time, between the moment the proxy accepted it
6380 and the moment both ends were closed. The exception is when the "logasap"
6381 option is specified. In this case, it only equals (Tq+Tw+Tc+Tr), and is
6382 prefixed with a '+' sign. From this field, we can deduce "Td", the data
6383 transmission time, by substracting other timers when valid :
6384
6385 Td = Tt - (Tq + Tw + Tc + Tr)
6386
6387 Timers with "-1" values have to be excluded from this equation. In TCP
6388 mode, "Tq" and "Tr" have to be excluded too. Note that "Tt" can never be
6389 negative.
6390
6391These timers provide precious indications on trouble causes. Since the TCP
6392protocol defines retransmit delays of 3, 6, 12... seconds, we know for sure
6393that timers close to multiples of 3s are nearly always related to lost packets
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006394due to network problems (wires, negotiation, congestion). Moreover, if "Tt" is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006395close to a timeout value specified in the configuration, it often means that a
6396session has been aborted on timeout.
6397
6398Most common cases :
6399
6400 - If "Tq" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6401 client and the proxy. This is very rare on local networks but might happen
6402 when clients are on far remote networks and send large requests. It may
6403 happen that values larger than usual appear here without any network cause.
6404 Sometimes, during an attack or just after a resource starvation has ended,
6405 haproxy may accept thousands of connections in a few milliseconds. The time
6406 spent accepting these connections will inevitably slightly delay processing
6407 of other connections, and it can happen that request times in the order of
6408 a few tens of milliseconds are measured after a few thousands of new
6409 connections have been accepted at once.
6410
6411 - If "Tc" is close to 3000, a packet has probably been lost between the
6412 server and the proxy during the server connection phase. This value should
6413 always be very low, such as 1 ms on local networks and less than a few tens
6414 of ms on remote networks.
6415
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006416 - If "Tr" is nearly always lower than 3000 except some rare values which seem
6417 to be the average majored by 3000, there are probably some packets lost
6418 between the proxy and the server.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006419
6420 - If "Tt" is large even for small byte counts, it generally is because
6421 neither the client nor the server decides to close the connection, for
6422 instance because both have agreed on a keep-alive connection mode. In order
6423 to solve this issue, it will be needed to specify "option httpclose" on
6424 either the frontend or the backend. If the problem persists, it means that
6425 the server ignores the "close" connection mode and expects the client to
6426 close. Then it will be required to use "option forceclose". Having the
6427 smallest possible 'Tt' is important when connection regulation is used with
6428 the "maxconn" option on the servers, since no new connection will be sent
6429 to the server until another one is released.
6430
6431Other noticeable HTTP log cases ('xx' means any value to be ignored) :
6432
6433 Tq/Tw/Tc/Tr/+Tt The "option logasap" is present on the frontend and the log
6434 was emitted before the data phase. All the timers are valid
6435 except "Tt" which is shorter than reality.
6436
6437 -1/xx/xx/xx/Tt The client was not able to send a complete request in time
6438 or it aborted too early. Check the session termination flags
6439 then "timeout http-request" and "timeout client" settings.
6440
6441 Tq/-1/xx/xx/Tt It was not possible to process the request, maybe because
6442 servers were out of order, because the request was invalid
6443 or forbidden by ACL rules. Check the session termination
6444 flags.
6445
6446 Tq/Tw/-1/xx/Tt The connection could not establish on the server. Either it
6447 actively refused it or it timed out after Tt-(Tq+Tw) ms.
6448 Check the session termination flags, then check the
6449 "timeout connect" setting. Note that the tarpit action might
6450 return similar-looking patterns, with "Tw" equal to the time
6451 the client connection was maintained open.
6452
6453 Tq/Tw/Tc/-1/Tt The server has accepted the connection but did not return
6454 a complete response in time, or it closed its connexion
6455 unexpectedly after Tt-(Tq+Tw+Tc) ms. Check the session
6456 termination flags, then check the "timeout server" setting.
6457
6458
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020064598.5. Session state at disconnection
6460-----------------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006461
6462TCP and HTTP logs provide a session termination indicator in the
6463"termination_state" field, just before the number of active connections. It is
64642-characters long in TCP mode, and is extended to 4 characters in HTTP mode,
6465each of which has a special meaning :
6466
6467 - On the first character, a code reporting the first event which caused the
6468 session to terminate :
6469
6470 C : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the client.
6471
6472 S : the TCP session was unexpectedly aborted by the server, or the
6473 server explicitly refused it.
6474
6475 P : the session was prematurely aborted by the proxy, because of a
6476 connection limit enforcement, because a DENY filter was matched,
6477 because of a security check which detected and blocked a dangerous
6478 error in server response which might have caused information leak
6479 (eg: cacheable cookie), or because the response was processed by
6480 the proxy (redirect, stats, etc...).
6481
6482 R : a resource on the proxy has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source
6483 ports, ...). Usually, this appears during the connection phase, and
6484 system logs should contain a copy of the precise error. If this
6485 happens, it must be considered as a very serious anomaly which
6486 should be fixed as soon as possible by any means.
6487
6488 I : an internal error was identified by the proxy during a self-check.
6489 This should NEVER happen, and you are encouraged to report any log
6490 containing this, because this would almost certainly be a bug. It
6491 would be wise to preventively restart the process after such an
6492 event too, in case it would be caused by memory corruption.
6493
6494 c : the client-side timeout expired while waiting for the client to
6495 send or receive data.
6496
6497 s : the server-side timeout expired while waiting for the server to
6498 send or receive data.
6499
6500 - : normal session completion, both the client and the server closed
6501 with nothing left in the buffers.
6502
6503 - on the second character, the TCP or HTTP session state when it was closed :
6504
6505 R : th proxy was waiting for a complete, valid REQUEST from the client
6506 (HTTP mode only). Nothing was sent to any server.
6507
6508 Q : the proxy was waiting in the QUEUE for a connection slot. This can
6509 only happen when servers have a 'maxconn' parameter set. It can
6510 also happen in the global queue after a redispatch consecutive to
6511 a failed attempt to connect to a dying server. If no redispatch is
6512 reported, then no connection attempt was made to any server.
6513
6514 C : the proxy was waiting for the CONNECTION to establish on the
6515 server. The server might at most have noticed a connection attempt.
6516
6517 H : the proxy was waiting for complete, valid response HEADERS from the
6518 server (HTTP only).
6519
6520 D : the session was in the DATA phase.
6521
6522 L : the proxy was still transmitting LAST data to the client while the
6523 server had already finished. This one is very rare as it can only
6524 happen when the client dies while receiving the last packets.
6525
6526 T : the request was tarpitted. It has been held open with the client
6527 during the whole "timeout tarpit" duration or until the client
6528 closed, both of which will be reported in the "Tw" timer.
6529
6530 - : normal session completion after end of data transfer.
6531
6532 - the third character tells whether the persistence cookie was provided by
6533 the client (only in HTTP mode) :
6534
6535 N : the client provided NO cookie. This is usually the case for new
6536 visitors, so counting the number of occurrences of this flag in the
6537 logs generally indicate a valid trend for the site frequentation.
6538
6539 I : the client provided an INVALID cookie matching no known server.
6540 This might be caused by a recent configuration change, mixed
6541 cookies between HTTP/HTTPS sites, or an attack.
6542
6543 D : the client provided a cookie designating a server which was DOWN,
6544 so either "option persist" was used and the client was sent to
6545 this server, or it was not set and the client was redispatched to
6546 another server.
6547
6548 V : the client provided a valid cookie, and was sent to the associated
6549 server.
6550
6551 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6552
6553 - the last character reports what operations were performed on the persistence
6554 cookie returned by the server (only in HTTP mode) :
6555
6556 N : NO cookie was provided by the server, and none was inserted either.
6557
6558 I : no cookie was provided by the server, and the proxy INSERTED one.
6559 Note that in "cookie insert" mode, if the server provides a cookie,
6560 it will still be overwritten and reported as "I" here.
6561
6562 P : a cookie was PROVIDED by the server and transmitted as-is.
6563
6564 R : the cookie provided by the server was REWRITTEN by the proxy, which
6565 happens in "cookie rewrite" or "cookie prefix" modes.
6566
6567 D : the cookie provided by the server was DELETED by the proxy.
6568
6569 - : does not apply (no cookie set in configuration).
6570
6571The combination of the two first flags give a lot of information about what was
6572happening when the session terminated, and why it did terminate. It can be
6573helpful to detect server saturation, network troubles, local system resource
6574starvation, attacks, etc...
6575
6576The most common termination flags combinations are indicated below. They are
6577alphabetically sorted, with the lowercase set just after the upper case for
6578easier finding and understanding.
6579
6580 Flags Reason
6581
6582 -- Normal termination.
6583
6584 CC The client aborted before the connection could be established to the
6585 server. This can happen when haproxy tries to connect to a recently
6586 dead (or unchecked) server, and the client aborts while haproxy is
6587 waiting for the server to respond or for "timeout connect" to expire.
6588
6589 CD The client unexpectedly aborted during data transfer. This can be
6590 caused by a browser crash, by an intermediate equipment between the
6591 client and haproxy which decided to actively break the connection,
6592 by network routing issues between the client and haproxy, or by a
6593 keep-alive session between the server and the client terminated first
6594 by the client.
6595
6596 cD The client did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6597 "timeout client" delay. This is often caused by network failures on
6598 the client side, or the client simply leaving the net uncleanly.
6599
6600 CH The client aborted while waiting for the server to start responding.
6601 It might be the server taking too long to respond or the client
6602 clicking the 'Stop' button too fast.
6603
6604 cH The "timeout client" stroke while waiting for client data during a
6605 POST request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values
6606 for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized packets. It can
6607 also happen when client timeout is smaller than server timeout and
6608 the server takes too long to respond.
6609
6610 CQ The client aborted while its session was queued, waiting for a server
6611 with enough empty slots to accept it. It might be that either all the
6612 servers were saturated or that the assigned server was taking too
6613 long a time to respond.
6614
6615 CR The client aborted before sending a full HTTP request. Most likely
6616 the request was typed by hand using a telnet client, and aborted
6617 too early. The HTTP status code is likely a 400 here. Sometimes this
6618 might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection between haproxy
6619 and the client.
6620
6621 cR The "timeout http-request" stroke before the client sent a full HTTP
6622 request. This is sometimes caused by too large TCP MSS values on the
6623 client side for PPPoE networks which cannot transport full-sized
6624 packets, or by clients sending requests by hand and not typing fast
6625 enough, or forgetting to enter the empty line at the end of the
6626 request. The HTTP status code is likely a 408 here.
6627
6628 CT The client aborted while its session was tarpitted. It is important to
6629 check if this happens on valid requests, in order to be sure that no
Willy Tarreau55165fe2009-05-10 12:02:55 +02006630 wrong tarpit rules have been written. If a lot of them happen, it
6631 might make sense to lower the "timeout tarpit" value to something
6632 closer to the average reported "Tw" timer, in order not to consume
6633 resources for just a few attackers.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006634
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006635 SC The server or an equipment between it and haproxy explicitly refused
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006636 the TCP connection (the proxy received a TCP RST or an ICMP message
6637 in return). Under some circumstances, it can also be the network
6638 stack telling the proxy that the server is unreachable (eg: no route,
6639 or no ARP response on local network). When this happens in HTTP mode,
6640 the status code is likely a 502 or 503 here.
6641
6642 sC The "timeout connect" stroke before a connection to the server could
6643 complete. When this happens in HTTP mode, the status code is likely a
6644 503 or 504 here.
6645
6646 SD The connection to the server died with an error during the data
6647 transfer. This usually means that haproxy has received an RST from
6648 the server or an ICMP message from an intermediate equipment while
6649 exchanging data with the server. This can be caused by a server crash
6650 or by a network issue on an intermediate equipment.
6651
6652 sD The server did not send nor acknowledge any data for as long as the
6653 "timeout server" setting during the data phase. This is often caused
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006654 by too short timeouts on L4 equipments before the server (firewalls,
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006655 load-balancers, ...), as well as keep-alive sessions maintained
6656 between the client and the server expiring first on haproxy.
6657
6658 SH The server aborted before sending its full HTTP response headers, or
6659 it crashed while processing the request. Since a server aborting at
6660 this moment is very rare, it would be wise to inspect its logs to
6661 control whether it crashed and why. The logged request may indicate a
6662 small set of faulty requests, demonstrating bugs in the application.
6663 Sometimes this might also be caused by an IDS killing the connection
6664 between haproxy and the server.
6665
6666 sH The "timeout server" stroke before the server could return its
6667 response headers. This is the most common anomaly, indicating too
6668 long transactions, probably caused by server or database saturation.
6669 The immediate workaround consists in increasing the "timeout server"
6670 setting, but it is important to keep in mind that the user experience
6671 will suffer from these long response times. The only long term
6672 solution is to fix the application.
6673
6674 sQ The session spent too much time in queue and has been expired. See
6675 the "timeout queue" and "timeout connect" settings to find out how to
6676 fix this if it happens too often. If it often happens massively in
6677 short periods, it may indicate general problems on the affected
6678 servers due to I/O or database congestion, or saturation caused by
6679 external attacks.
6680
6681 PC The proxy refused to establish a connection to the server because the
6682 process' socket limit has been reached while attempting to connect.
6683 The global "maxconn" parameter may be increased in the configuration
6684 so that it does not happen anymore. This status is very rare and
6685 might happen when the global "ulimit-n" parameter is forced by hand.
6686
6687 PH The proxy blocked the server's response, because it was invalid,
6688 incomplete, dangerous (cache control), or matched a security filter.
6689 In any case, an HTTP 502 error is sent to the client. One possible
6690 cause for this error is an invalid syntax in an HTTP header name
6691 containing unauthorized characters.
6692
6693 PR The proxy blocked the client's HTTP request, either because of an
6694 invalid HTTP syntax, in which case it returned an HTTP 400 error to
6695 the client, or because a deny filter matched, in which case it
6696 returned an HTTP 403 error.
6697
6698 PT The proxy blocked the client's request and has tarpitted its
6699 connection before returning it a 500 server error. Nothing was sent
6700 to the server. The connection was maintained open for as long as
6701 reported by the "Tw" timer field.
6702
6703 RC A local resource has been exhausted (memory, sockets, source ports)
6704 preventing the connection to the server from establishing. The error
6705 logs will tell precisely what was missing. This is very rare and can
6706 only be solved by proper system tuning.
6707
6708
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067098.6. Non-printable characters
6710-----------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006711
6712In order not to cause trouble to log analysis tools or terminals during log
6713consulting, non-printable characters are not sent as-is into log files, but are
6714converted to the two-digits hexadecimal representation of their ASCII code,
6715prefixed by the character '#'. The only characters that can be logged without
6716being escaped are comprised between 32 and 126 (inclusive). Obviously, the
6717escape character '#' itself is also encoded to avoid any ambiguity ("#23"). It
6718is the same for the character '"' which becomes "#22", as well as '{', '|' and
6719'}' when logging headers.
6720
6721Note that the space character (' ') is not encoded in headers, which can cause
6722issues for tools relying on space count to locate fields. A typical header
6723containing spaces is "User-Agent".
6724
6725Last, it has been observed that some syslog daemons such as syslog-ng escape
6726the quote ('"') with a backslash ('\'). The reverse operation can safely be
6727performed since no quote may appear anywhere else in the logs.
6728
6729
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067308.7. Capturing HTTP cookies
6731---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006732
6733Cookie capture simplifies the tracking a complete user session. This can be
6734achieved using the "capture cookie" statement in the frontend. Please refer to
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006735section 4.2 for more details. Only one cookie can be captured, and the same
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006736cookie will simultaneously be checked in the request ("Cookie:" header) and in
6737the response ("Set-Cookie:" header). The respective values will be reported in
6738the HTTP logs at the "captured_request_cookie" and "captured_response_cookie"
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006739locations (see section 8.2.3 about HTTP log format). When either cookie is
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006740not seen, a dash ('-') replaces the value. This way, it's easy to detect when a
6741user switches to a new session for example, because the server will reassign it
6742a new cookie. It is also possible to detect if a server unexpectedly sets a
6743wrong cookie to a client, leading to session crossing.
6744
6745 Examples :
6746 # capture the first cookie whose name starts with "ASPSESSION"
6747 capture cookie ASPSESSION len 32
6748
6749 # capture the first cookie whose name is exactly "vgnvisitor"
6750 capture cookie vgnvisitor= len 32
6751
6752
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020067538.8. Capturing HTTP headers
6754---------------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006755
6756Header captures are useful to track unique request identifiers set by an upper
6757proxy, virtual host names, user-agents, POST content-length, referrers, etc. In
6758the response, one can search for information about the response length, how the
6759server asked the cache to behave, or an object location during a redirection.
6760
6761Header captures are performed using the "capture request header" and "capture
6762response header" statements in the frontend. Please consult their definition in
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006763section 4.2 for more details.
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006764
6765It is possible to include both request headers and response headers at the same
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006766time. Non-existent headers are logged as empty strings, and if one header
6767appears more than once, only its last occurrence will be logged. Request headers
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006768are grouped within braces '{' and '}' in the same order as they were declared,
6769and delimited with a vertical bar '|' without any space. Response headers
6770follow the same representation, but are displayed after a space following the
6771request headers block. These blocks are displayed just before the HTTP request
6772in the logs.
6773
6774 Example :
6775 # This instance chains to the outgoing proxy
6776 listen proxy-out
6777 mode http
6778 option httplog
6779 option logasap
6780 log global
6781 server cache1 192.168.1.1:3128
6782
6783 # log the name of the virtual server
6784 capture request header Host len 20
6785
6786 # log the amount of data uploaded during a POST
6787 capture request header Content-Length len 10
6788
6789 # log the beginning of the referrer
6790 capture request header Referer len 20
6791
6792 # server name (useful for outgoing proxies only)
6793 capture response header Server len 20
6794
6795 # logging the content-length is useful with "option logasap"
6796 capture response header Content-Length len 10
6797
6798 # log the expected cache behaviour on the response
6799 capture response header Cache-Control len 8
6800
6801 # the Via header will report the next proxy's name
6802 capture response header Via len 20
6803
6804 # log the URL location during a redirection
6805 capture response header Location len 20
6806
6807 >>> Aug 9 20:26:09 localhost \
6808 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34014 [09/Aug/2004:20:26:09] proxy-out \
6809 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/162/+162 200 +350 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6810 {fr.adserver.yahoo.co||http://fr.f416.mail.} {|864|private||} \
6811 "GET http://fr.adserver.yahoo.com/"
6812
6813 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6814 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34020 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6815 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/0/182/+182 200 +279 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6816 {w.ods.org||} {Formilux/0.1.8|3495|||} \
6817 "GET http://trafic.1wt.eu/ HTTP/1.1"
6818
6819 >>> Aug 9 20:30:46 localhost \
6820 haproxy[2022]: 127.0.0.1:34028 [09/Aug/2004:20:30:46] proxy-out \
6821 proxy-out/cache1 0/0/2/126/+128 301 +223 - - ---- 0/0/0/0/0 0/0 \
6822 {www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr||http://trafic.1wt.eu/} \
6823 {Apache|230|||http://www.sytadin.} \
6824 "GET http://www.sytadin.equipement.gouv.fr/ HTTP/1.1"
6825
6826
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020068278.9. Examples of logs
6828---------------------
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006829
6830These are real-world examples of logs accompanied with an explanation. Some of
6831them have been made up by hand. The syslog part has been removed for better
6832reading. Their sole purpose is to explain how to decipher them.
6833
6834 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33318 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.130] px-http \
6835 px-http/srv1 6559/0/7/147/6723 200 243 - - ---- 5/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6836 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6837
6838 => long request (6.5s) entered by hand through 'telnet'. The server replied
6839 in 147 ms, and the session ended normally ('----')
6840
6841 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33319 [15/Oct/2003:08:31:57.149] px-http \
6842 px-http/srv1 6559/1230/7/147/6870 200 243 - - ---- 324/239/239/99/0 \
6843 0/9 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6844
6845 => Idem, but the request was queued in the global queue behind 9 other
6846 requests, and waited there for 1230 ms.
6847
6848 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.654] px-http \
6849 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/+30 200 +243 - - ---- 3/3/3/1/0 0/0 \
6850 "GET /image.iso HTTP/1.0"
6851
6852 => request for a long data transfer. The "logasap" option was specified, so
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006853 the log was produced just before transferring data. The server replied in
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006854 14 ms, 243 bytes of headers were sent to the client, and total time from
6855 accept to first data byte is 30 ms.
6856
6857 >>> haproxy[674]: 127.0.0.1:33320 [15/Oct/2003:08:32:17.925] px-http \
6858 px-http/srv1 9/0/7/14/30 502 243 - - PH-- 3/2/2/0/0 0/0 \
6859 "GET /cgi-bin/bug.cgi? HTTP/1.0"
6860
6861 => the proxy blocked a server response either because of an "rspdeny" or
6862 "rspideny" filter, or because the response was improperly formatted and
6863 not HTTP-compliant, or because it blocked sensible information which
6864 risked being cached. In this case, the response is replaced with a "502
6865 bad gateway". The flags ("PH--") tell us that it was haproxy who decided
6866 to return the 502 and not the server.
6867
6868 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34548 [15/Oct/2003:15:18:55.798] px-http \
6869 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/8490 -1 0 - - CR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6870
6871 => the client never completed its request and aborted itself ("C---") after
6872 8.5s, while the proxy was waiting for the request headers ("-R--").
6873 Nothing was sent to any server.
6874
6875 >>> haproxy[18113]: 127.0.0.1:34549 [15/Oct/2003:15:19:06.103] px-http \
6876 px-http/<NOSRV> -1/-1/-1/-1/50001 408 0 - - cR-- 2/2/2/0/0 0/0 ""
6877
6878 => The client never completed its request, which was aborted by the
6879 time-out ("c---") after 50s, while the proxy was waiting for the request
6880 headers ("-R--"). Nothing was sent to any server, but the proxy could
6881 send a 408 return code to the client.
6882
6883 >>> haproxy[18989]: 127.0.0.1:34550 [15/Oct/2003:15:24:28.312] px-tcp \
6884 px-tcp/srv1 0/0/5007 0 cD 0/0/0/0/0 0/0
6885
6886 => This log was produced with "option tcplog". The client timed out after
6887 5 seconds ("c----").
6888
6889 >>> haproxy[18989]: 10.0.0.1:34552 [15/Oct/2003:15:26:31.462] px-http \
6890 px-http/srv1 3183/-1/-1/-1/11215 503 0 - - SC-- 205/202/202/115/3 \
6891 0/0 "HEAD / HTTP/1.0"
6892
6893 => The request took 3s to complete (probably a network problem), and the
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02006894 connection to the server failed ('SC--') after 4 attempts of 2 seconds
Willy Tarreaucc6c8912009-02-22 10:53:55 +01006895 (config says 'retries 3'), and no redispatch (otherwise we would have
6896 seen "/+3"). Status code 503 was returned to the client. There were 115
6897 connections on this server, 202 connections on this proxy, and 205 on
6898 the global process. It is possible that the server refused the
6899 connection because of too many already established.
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006900
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006901
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020069029. Statistics and monitoring
6903----------------------------
6904
6905It is possible to query HAProxy about its status. The most commonly used
6906mechanism is the HTTP statistics page. This page also exposes an alternative
6907CSV output format for monitoring tools. The same format is provided on the
6908Unix socket.
6909
6910
69119.1. CSV format
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006912---------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006913
Willy Tarreau7f062c42009-03-05 18:43:00 +01006914The statistics may be consulted either from the unix socket or from the HTTP
6915page. Both means provide a CSV format whose fields follow.
6916
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006917 0. pxname: proxy name
6918 1. svname: service name (FRONTEND for frontend, BACKEND for backend, any name
6919 for server)
6920 2. qcur: current queued requests
6921 3. qmax: max queued requests
6922 4. scur: current sessions
6923 5. smax: max sessions
6924 6. slim: sessions limit
6925 7. stot: total sessions
6926 8. bin: bytes in
6927 9. bout: bytes out
6928 10. dreq: denied requests
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006929 11. dresp: denied responses
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006930 12. ereq: request errors
6931 13. econ: connection errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006932 14. eresp: response errors
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif58a9622008-02-23 01:19:10 +01006933 15. wretr: retries (warning)
6934 16. wredis: redispatches (warning)
6935 17. status: status (UP/DOWN/...)
6936 18. weight: server weight (server), total weight (backend)
6937 19. act: server is active (server), number of active servers (backend)
6938 20. bck: server is backup (server), number of backup servers (backend)
6939 21. chkfail: number of failed checks
6940 22. chkdown: number of UP->DOWN transitions
6941 23. lastchg: last status change (in seconds)
6942 24. downtime: total downtime (in seconds)
6943 25. qlimit: queue limit
6944 26. pid: process id (0 for first instance, 1 for second, ...)
6945 27. iid: unique proxy id
6946 28. sid: service id (unique inside a proxy)
6947 29. throttle: warm up status
6948 30. lbtot: total number of times a server was selected
6949 31. tracked: id of proxy/server if tracking is enabled
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkiaeebf9b2009-10-04 15:43:17 +02006950 32. type (0=frontend, 1=backend, 2=server, 3=socket)
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkidb57c6b2009-08-31 21:23:27 +02006951 33. rate: number of sessions per second over last elapsed second
6952 34. rate_lim: limit on new sessions per second
6953 35. rate_max: max number of new sessions per second
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki09605412009-09-23 22:09:24 +02006954 36. check_status: status of last health check, one of:
6955 UNK -> unknown
6956 INI -> initializing
6957 SOCKERR -> socket error
6958 L4OK -> check passed on layer 4, no upper layers testing enabled
6959 L4TMOUT -> layer 1-4 timeout
6960 L4CON -> layer 1-4 connection problem, for example "Connection refused"
6961 (tcp rst) or "No route to host" (icmp)
6962 L6OK -> check passed on layer 6
6963 L6TOUT -> layer 6 (SSL) timeout
6964 L6RSP -> layer 6 invalid response - protocol error
6965 L7OK -> check passed on layer 7
6966 L7OKC -> check conditionally passed on layer 7, for example 404 with
6967 disable-on-404
6968 L7TOUT -> layer 7 (HTTP/SMTP) timeout
6969 L7RSP -> layer 7 invalid response - protocol error
6970 L7STS -> layer 7 response error, for example HTTP 5xx
6971 37. check_code: layer5-7 code, if available
6972 38. check_duration: time in ms took to finish last health check
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01006973 39. hrsp_1xx: http responses with 1xx code
6974 40. hrsp_2xx: http responses with 2xx code
6975 41. hrsp_3xx: http responses with 3xx code
6976 42. hrsp_4xx: http responses with 4xx code
6977 43. hrsp_5xx: http responses with 5xx code
6978 44. hrsp_other: http responses with other codes (protocol error)
Willy Tarreau844e3c52008-01-11 16:28:18 +01006979
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006980
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +020069819.2. Unix Socket commands
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006982-------------------------
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01006983
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006984The following commands are supported on the UNIX stats socket ; all of them
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006985must be terminated by a line feed. The socket supports pipelining, so that it
6986is possible to chain multiple commands at once provided they are delimited by
6987a semi-colon or a line feed, although the former is more reliable as it has no
6988risk of being truncated over the network. The responses themselves will each be
6989followed by an empty line, so it will be easy for an external script to match a
6990given response with a given request. By default one command line is processed
6991then the connection closes, but there is an interactive allowing multiple lines
6992to be issued one at a time.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006993
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006994It is important to understand that when multiple haproxy processes are started
6995on the same sockets, any process may pick up the request and will output its
6996own stats.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01006997
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02006998help
6999 Print the list of known keywords and their basic usage. The same help screen
7000 is also displayed for unknown commands.
Willy Tarreau3dfe6cd2008-12-07 22:29:48 +01007001
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007002prompt
7003 Toggle the prompt at the beginning of the line and enter or leave interactive
7004 mode. In interactive mode, the connection is not closed after a command
7005 completes. Instead, the prompt will appear again, indicating the user that
7006 the interpreter is waiting for a new command. The prompt consists in a right
7007 angle bracket followed by a space "> ". This mode is particularly convenient
7008 when one wants to periodically check information such as stats or errors.
7009 It is also a good idea to enter interactive mode before issuing a "help"
7010 command.
7011
7012quit
7013 Close the connection when in interactive mode.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007014
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007015show errors [<iid>]
7016 Dump last known request and response errors collected by frontends and
7017 backends. If <iid> is specified, the limit the dump to errors concerning
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007018 either frontend or backend whose ID is <iid>. This command is restricted
7019 and can only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or
7020 "admin".
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007021
7022 The errors which may be collected are the last request and response errors
7023 caused by protocol violations, often due to invalid characters in header
7024 names. The report precisely indicates what exact character violated the
7025 protocol. Other important information such as the exact date the error was
7026 detected, frontend and backend names, the server name (when known), the
7027 internal session ID and the source address which has initiated the session
7028 are reported too.
7029
7030 All characters are returned, and non-printable characters are encoded. The
7031 most common ones (\t = 9, \n = 10, \r = 13 and \e = 27) are encoded as one
7032 letter following a backslash. The backslash itself is encoded as '\\' to
7033 avoid confusion. Other non-printable characters are encoded '\xNN' where
7034 NN is the two-digits hexadecimal representation of the character's ASCII
7035 code.
7036
7037 Lines are prefixed with the position of their first character, starting at 0
7038 for the beginning of the buffer. At most one input line is printed per line,
7039 and large lines will be broken into multiple consecutive output lines so that
7040 the output never goes beyond 79 characters wide. It is easy to detect if a
7041 line was broken, because it will not end with '\n' and the next line's offset
7042 will be followed by a '+' sign, indicating it is a continuation of previous
7043 line.
7044
7045 Example :
7046 >>> $ echo "show errors" | socat stdio /tmp/sock1
7047 [04/Mar/2009:15:46:56.081] backend http-in (#2) : invalid response
7048 src 127.0.0.1, session #54, frontend fe-eth0 (#1), server s2 (#1)
7049 response length 213 bytes, error at position 23:
7050
7051 00000 HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n
7052 00017 header/bizarre:blah\r\n
7053 00038 Location: blah\r\n
7054 00054 Long-line: this is a very long line which should b
7055 00104+ e broken into multiple lines on the output buffer,
7056 00154+ otherwise it would be too large to print in a ter
7057 00204+ minal\r\n
7058 00211 \r\n
7059
Willy Tarreauc57f0e22009-05-10 13:12:33 +02007060 In the example above, we see that the backend "http-in" which has internal
Willy Tarreaue0c8a1a2009-03-04 16:33:10 +01007061 ID 2 has blocked an invalid response from its server s2 which has internal
7062 ID 1. The request was on session 54 initiated by source 127.0.0.1 and
7063 received by frontend fe-eth0 whose ID is 1. The total response length was
7064 213 bytes when the error was detected, and the error was at byte 23. This
7065 is the slash ('/') in header name "header/bizarre", which is not a valid
7066 HTTP character for a header name.
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki2c6962c2008-03-02 02:42:14 +01007067
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007068show info
7069 Dump info about haproxy status on current process.
7070
7071show sess
7072 Dump all known sessions. Avoid doing this on slow connections as this can
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007073 be huge. This command is restricted and can only be issued on sockets
7074 configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
7075
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007076
7077show stat [<iid> <type> <sid>]
7078 Dump statistics in the CSV format. By passing <id>, <type> and <sid>, it is
7079 possible to dump only selected items :
7080 - <iid> is a proxy ID, -1 to dump everything
7081 - <type> selects the type of dumpable objects : 1 for frontends, 2 for
7082 backends, 4 for servers, -1 for everything. These values can be ORed,
7083 for example:
7084 1 + 2 = 3 -> frontend + backend.
7085 1 + 2 + 4 = 7 -> frontend + backend + server.
7086 - <sid> is a server ID, -1 to dump everything from the selected proxy.
7087
7088 Example :
7089 >>> $ echo "show info;show stat" | socat stdio unix-connect:/tmp/sock1
7090 Name: HAProxy
7091 Version: 1.4-dev2-49
7092 Release_date: 2009/09/23
7093 Nbproc: 1
7094 Process_num: 1
7095 (...)
7096
7097 # pxname,svname,qcur,qmax,scur,smax,slim,stot,bin,bout,dreq, (...)
7098 stats,FRONTEND,,,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,0,,,,,OPEN,,,,,,,,,1,1,0, (...)
7099 stats,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,0,0,0,,0,250,(...)
7100 (...)
7101 www1,BACKEND,0,0,0,0,1000,0,0,0,0,0,,0,0,0,0,UP,1,1,0,,0,250, (...)
7102
7103 $
7104
7105 Here, two commands have been issued at once. That way it's easy to find
7106 which process the stats apply to in multi-process mode. Notice the empty
7107 line after the information output which marks the end of the first block.
7108 A similar empty line appears at the end of the second block (stats) so that
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzkif8645332009-12-13 21:55:50 +01007109 the reader knows the output has not been truncated.
Willy Tarreau9a42c0d2009-09-22 19:31:03 +02007110
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007111clear counters
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007112 Clear the max values of the statistics counters in each proxy (frontend &
7113 backend) and in each server. The cumulated counters are not affected. This
7114 can be used to get clean counters after an incident, without having to
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007115 restart nor to clear traffic counters. This command is restricted and can
7116 only be issued on sockets configured for levels "operator" or "admin".
Willy Tarreau2f6bf2b2009-10-10 15:26:26 +02007117
7118clear counters all
7119 Clear all statistics counters in each proxy (frontend & backend) and in each
Willy Tarreau6162db22009-10-10 17:13:00 +02007120 server. This has the same effect as restarting. This command is restricted
7121 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin".
7122
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007123get weight <backend>/<server>
7124 Report the current weight and the initial weight of server <server> in
7125 backend <backend> or an error if either doesn't exist. The initial weight is
7126 the one that appears in the configuration file. Both are normally equal
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007127 unless the current weight has been changed. Both the backend and the server
7128 may be specified either by their name or by their numeric ID, prefixed with a
7129 dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau38338fa2009-10-10 18:37:29 +02007130
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007131set weight <backend>/<server> <weight>[%]
7132 Change a server's weight to the value passed in argument. If the value ends
7133 with the '%' sign, then the new weight will be relative to the initially
7134 configured weight. Relative weights are only permitted between 0 and 100%,
7135 and absolute weights are permitted between 0 and 256. Servers which are part
7136 of a farm running a static load-balancing algorithm have stricter limitations
7137 because the weight cannot change once set. Thus for these servers, the only
7138 accepted values are 0 and 100% (or 0 and the initial weight). Changes take
7139 effect immediately, though certain LB algorithms require a certain amount of
7140 requests to consider changes. A typical usage of this command is to disable
7141 a server during an update by setting its weight to zero, then to enable it
7142 again after the update by setting it back to 100%. This command is restricted
Willy Tarreaucfeaa472009-10-10 22:33:08 +02007143 and can only be issued on sockets configured for level "admin". Both the
7144 backend and the server may be specified either by their name or by their
7145 numeric ID, prefixed with a dash ('#').
Willy Tarreau4483d432009-10-10 19:30:08 +02007146
Krzysztof Piotr Oledzki719e7262009-10-04 15:02:46 +02007147
Willy Tarreau0ba27502007-12-24 16:55:16 +01007148/*
7149 * Local variables:
7150 * fill-column: 79
7151 * End:
7152 */